/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/lscp-1.6.txt
ViewVC logotype

Annotation of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/lscp-1.6.txt

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 2498 - (hide annotations) (download)
Thu Jan 9 22:05:21 2014 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by schoenebeck
File MIME type: text/plain
File size: 287575 byte(s)
* New LSCP specs (LSCP 1.6).

1 schoenebeck 2498
2    
3    
4     LinuxSampler Developers C. Schoenebeck
5     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler.org
6     Intended status: Standards Track January 9, 2014
7     Expires: July 13, 2014
8    
9    
10     LinuxSampler Control Protocol
11     LSCP 1.6
12    
13     Abstract
14    
15     The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an application-level
16     protocol primarily intended for local and remote controlling the
17     LinuxSampler backend application, which is a sophisticated server-
18     like console application essentially playing back audio samples and
19     manipulating the samples in real time to certain extent.
20    
21     Status of this Memo
22    
23     By submitting this Internet-Draft, each author represents that any
24     applicable patent or other IPR claims of which he or she is aware
25     have been or will be disclosed, and any of which he or she becomes
26     aware will be disclosed, in accordance with Section 6 of BCP 79.
27    
28     Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
29     Task Force (IETF). Note that other groups may also distribute
30     working documents as Internet-Drafts. The list of current Internet-
31     Drafts is at http://datatracker.ietf.org/drafts/current/.
32    
33     Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
34     and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any
35     time. It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference
36     material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."
37    
38     This Internet-Draft will expire on July 13, 2014.
39    
40    
41    
42    
43    
44    
45    
46    
47    
48    
49    
50    
51    
52    
53    
54    
55     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 1]
56    
57     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
58    
59    
60     Table of Contents
61    
62     1. Requirements notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
63     2. Versioning of this specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
64     3. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
65     4. Focus of this protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
66     5. Communication Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
67     5.1. Request/response communication method . . . . . . . . . . 11
68     5.1.1. Result format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
69     5.2. Subscribe/notify communication method . . . . . . . . . . 14
70     6. Description for control commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
71     6.1. Ignored lines and comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
72     6.2. Configuring audio drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
73     6.2.1. Getting amount of available audio output drivers . . 17
74     6.2.2. Getting all available audio output drivers . . . . . 17
75     6.2.3. Getting information about a specific audio output
76     driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
77     6.2.4. Getting information about specific audio output
78     driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
79     6.2.5. Creating an audio output device . . . . . . . . . . 22
80     6.2.6. Destroying an audio output device . . . . . . . . . 23
81     6.2.7. Getting all created audio output device count . . . 24
82     6.2.8. Getting all created audio output device list . . . . 24
83     6.2.9. Getting current settings of an audio output device . 24
84     6.2.10. Changing settings of audio output devices . . . . . 26
85     6.2.11. Getting information about an audio channel . . . . . 27
86     6.2.12. Getting information about specific audio channel
87     parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
88     6.2.13. Changing settings of audio output channels . . . . . 30
89     6.3. Configuring MIDI input drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
90     6.3.1. Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers . . . 32
91     6.3.2. Getting all available MIDI input drivers . . . . . . 32
92     6.3.3. Getting information about a specific MIDI input
93     driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
94     6.3.4. Getting information about specific MIDI input
95     driver parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
96     6.3.5. Creating a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
97     6.3.6. Destroying a MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . 37
98     6.3.7. Getting all created MIDI input device count . . . . 38
99     6.3.8. Getting all created MIDI input device list . . . . . 38
100     6.3.9. Getting current settings of a MIDI input device . . 39
101     6.3.10. Changing settings of MIDI input devices . . . . . . 40
102     6.3.11. Getting information about a MIDI port . . . . . . . 40
103     6.3.12. Getting information about specific MIDI port
104     parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
105     6.3.13. Changing settings of MIDI input ports . . . . . . . 43
106     6.4. Configuring sampler channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
107     6.4.1. Loading an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
108    
109    
110    
111     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 2]
112    
113     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
114    
115    
116     6.4.2. Loading a sampler engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
117     6.4.3. Getting all created sampler channel count . . . . . 46
118     6.4.4. Getting all created sampler channel list . . . . . . 47
119     6.4.5. Adding a new sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
120     6.4.6. Removing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
121     6.4.7. Getting amount of available engines . . . . . . . . 49
122     6.4.8. Getting all available engines . . . . . . . . . . . 49
123     6.4.9. Getting information about an engine . . . . . . . . 49
124     6.4.10. Getting sampler channel information . . . . . . . . 51
125     6.4.11. Current number of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 54
126     6.4.12. Current number of active disk streams . . . . . . . 54
127     6.4.13. Current fill state of disk stream buffers . . . . . 55
128     6.4.14. Setting audio output device . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
129     6.4.15. Setting audio output type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
130     6.4.16. Setting audio output channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
131     6.4.17. Add MIDI input to sampler channel . . . . . . . . . 58
132     6.4.18. Remove MIDI input(s) from sampler channel . . . . . 59
133     6.4.19. Getting all MIDI inputs of a sampler channel . . . . 60
134     6.4.20. Setting MIDI input device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
135     6.4.21. Setting MIDI input type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
136     6.4.22. Setting MIDI input port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
137     6.4.23. Setting MIDI input channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
138     6.4.24. Setting channel volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
139     6.4.25. Muting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
140     6.4.26. Soloing a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
141     6.4.27. Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
142     channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
143     6.4.28. Adding an effect send to a sampler channel . . . . . 68
144     6.4.29. Removing an effect send from a sampler channel . . . 69
145     6.4.30. Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler
146     channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
147     6.4.31. Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel . . . 71
148     6.4.32. Getting effect send information . . . . . . . . . . 71
149     6.4.33. Changing effect send's name . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
150     6.4.34. Altering effect send's audio routing . . . . . . . . 74
151     6.4.35. Assigning destination effect to an effect send . . . 75
152     6.4.36. Removing destination effect from an effect send . . 76
153     6.4.37. Altering effect send's MIDI controller . . . . . . . 76
154     6.4.38. Altering effect send's send level . . . . . . . . . 77
155     6.4.39. Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel . . . . . . 78
156     6.4.40. Resetting a sampler channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
157     6.5. Controlling connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
158     6.5.1. Register front-end for receiving event messages . . 80
159     6.5.2. Unregister front-end for not receiving event
160     messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
161     6.5.3. Enable or disable echo of commands . . . . . . . . . 81
162     6.5.4. Close client connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
163     6.6. Global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
164    
165    
166    
167     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 3]
168    
169     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
170    
171    
172     6.6.1. Current number of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 82
173     6.6.2. Maximum amount of active voices . . . . . . . . . . 82
174     6.6.3. Current number of active disk streams . . . . . . . 83
175     6.6.4. Reset sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
176     6.6.5. General sampler informations . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
177     6.6.6. Getting global volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . 84
178     6.6.7. Setting global volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . 85
179     6.6.8. Getting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
180     6.6.9. Setting global voice limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
181     6.6.10. Getting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . . 87
182     6.6.11. Setting global disk stream limit . . . . . . . . . . 87
183     6.7. MIDI Instrument Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
184     6.7.1. Create a new MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . 88
185     6.7.2. Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps . 89
186     6.7.3. Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps . . . . 90
187     6.7.4. Getting all created MIDI instrument maps . . . . . . 90
188     6.7.5. Getting MIDI instrument map information . . . . . . 91
189     6.7.6. Renaming a MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . 92
190     6.7.7. Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry . . . 92
191     6.7.8. Getting amount of MIDI instrument map entries . . . 95
192     6.7.9. Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI
193     instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
194     6.7.10. Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map . . . . 96
195     6.7.11. Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry . 97
196     6.7.12. Clear MIDI instrument map . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
197     6.8. Managing Instruments Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
198     6.8.1. Creating a new instrument directory . . . . . . . . 100
199     6.8.2. Deleting an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . 100
200     6.8.3. Getting amount of instrument directories . . . . . . 101
201     6.8.4. Listing all directories in specific directory . . . 101
202     6.8.5. Getting instrument directory information . . . . . . 102
203     6.8.6. Renaming an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . 103
204     6.8.7. Moving an instrument directory . . . . . . . . . . . 104
205     6.8.8. Copying instrument directories . . . . . . . . . . . 104
206     6.8.9. Changing the description of directory . . . . . . . 105
207     6.8.10. Finding directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
208     6.8.11. Adding instruments to the instruments database . . . 107
209     6.8.12. Removing an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
210     6.8.13. Getting amount of instruments . . . . . . . . . . . 109
211     6.8.14. Listing all instruments in specific directory . . . 110
212     6.8.15. Getting instrument information . . . . . . . . . . . 110
213     6.8.16. Renaming an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
214     6.8.17. Moving an instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
215     6.8.18. Copying instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
216     6.8.19. Changing the description of instrument . . . . . . . 115
217     6.8.20. Finding instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
218     6.8.21. Getting job status information . . . . . . . . . . . 118
219     6.8.22. Formatting the instruments database . . . . . . . . 119
220    
221    
222    
223     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 4]
224    
225     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
226    
227    
228     6.8.23. Checking for lost instrument files . . . . . . . . . 119
229     6.8.24. Replacing an instrument file . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
230     6.9. Editing Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
231     6.9.1. Opening an appropriate instrument editor
232     application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
233     6.10. Managing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
234     6.10.1. Retrieving amount of instruments of a file . . . . . 122
235     6.10.2. Retrieving all instruments of a file . . . . . . . . 122
236     6.10.3. Retrieving informations about one instrument in a
237     file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
238     6.11. Managing Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
239     6.11.1. Retrieve amount of available effects . . . . . . . . 125
240     6.11.2. Get list of available effects . . . . . . . . . . . 126
241     6.11.3. Retrieving general information about an effect . . . 126
242     6.11.4. Creating an instance of an effect by its portable
243     ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
244     6.11.5. Creating an instance of an effect by its
245     numerical ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
246     6.11.6. Destroy an effect instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
247     6.11.7. Retrieve amount of effect instances . . . . . . . . 130
248     6.11.8. Get list of effect instances . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
249     6.11.9. Retrieving current information about an effect
250     instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
251     6.11.10. Retrieving information about an effect parameter . . 132
252     6.11.11. Altering an effect parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
253     6.11.12. Retrieve amount of send effect chains . . . . . . . 135
254     6.11.13. Retrieve list of send effect chains . . . . . . . . 135
255     6.11.14. Add send effect chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
256     6.11.15. Remove send effect chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
257     6.11.16. Retrieving information about a send effect chain . . 137
258     6.11.17. Append effect instance to a send effect chain . . . 138
259     6.11.18. Insert effect instance to a send effect chain . . . 139
260     6.11.19. Remove effect instance from send effect chain . . . 139
261     7. Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
262     7.1. Character Set and Escape Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . 158
263     8. Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
264     8.1. Number of audio output devices changed . . . . . . . . . 162
265     8.2. Audio output device's settings changed . . . . . . . . . 162
266     8.3. Number of MIDI input devices changed . . . . . . . . . . 162
267     8.4. MIDI input device's settings changed . . . . . . . . . . 163
268     8.5. Number of sampler channels changed . . . . . . . . . . . 163
269     8.6. MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived . . . . . . . . . 163
270     8.7. MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived . . . . . . . . 164
271     8.8. Number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
272     8.9. Number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . . . . 165
273     8.10. Disk stream buffer fill state changed . . . . . . . . . . 165
274     8.11. Channel information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
275     8.12. Number of effect sends changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
276    
277    
278    
279     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 5]
280    
281     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
282    
283    
284     8.13. Effect send information changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
285     8.14. Total number of active voices changed . . . . . . . . . . 167
286     8.15. Total number of active disk streams changed . . . . . . . 167
287     8.16. Number of MIDI instrument maps changed . . . . . . . . . 167
288     8.17. MIDI instrument map information changed . . . . . . . . . 167
289     8.18. Number of MIDI instruments changed . . . . . . . . . . . 168
290     8.19. MIDI instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . . . 168
291     8.20. Global settings changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
292     8.21. Number of database instrument directories changed . . . . 169
293     8.22. Database instrument directory information changed . . . . 169
294     8.23. Number of database instruments changed . . . . . . . . . 170
295     8.24. Database instrument information changed . . . . . . . . . 170
296     8.25. Database job status information changed . . . . . . . . . 171
297     8.26. Number of effect instances changed . . . . . . . . . . . 171
298     8.27. Effect instance information changed . . . . . . . . . . . 172
299     8.28. Number of send effect chains changed . . . . . . . . . . 172
300     8.29. Send effect chain information changed . . . . . . . . . . 172
301     8.30. Miscellaneous and debugging events . . . . . . . . . . . 173
302     9. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
303     10. Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
304     11. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
305     Author's Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
306     Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements . . . . . . . . . 178
307    
308    
309    
310    
311    
312    
313    
314    
315    
316    
317    
318    
319    
320    
321    
322    
323    
324    
325    
326    
327    
328    
329    
330    
331    
332    
333    
334    
335     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 6]
336    
337     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
338    
339    
340     1. Requirements notation
341    
342     The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
343     "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
344     document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].
345    
346     This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly claimed the
347     opposite.
348    
349     In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client (front-
350     end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in examples must
351     be interpreted as every line being CRLF terminated (carriage return
352     character followed by line feed character as defined in the ASCII
353     standard [RFC20]), thus the following example:
354    
355     C: "some line"
356    
357     "another line"
358    
359     must actually be interpreted as client sending the following message:
360    
361     "some line<CR><LF>another line<CR><LF>"
362    
363     where <CR> symbolizes the carriage return character and <LF> the line
364     feed character as defined in the ASCII standard.
365    
366     Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be fragmented, means
367     the following example:
368    
369     S: "abcd"
370    
371     could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the following
372     sequence scenario:
373    
374     o server sending message "a"
375    
376     o followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary duration
377    
378     o followed by server sending message "bcd<CR>"
379    
380     o again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary duration
381    
382     o followed by server sending the message "<LF>"
383    
384     where again <CR> and <LF> symbolize the carriage return and line feed
385     characters respectively.
386    
387    
388    
389    
390    
391     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 7]
392    
393     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
394    
395    
396     2. Versioning of this specification
397    
398     LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each
399     official release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a
400     unique version tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major
401     and minor version number like:
402    
403     "1.2"
404    
405     In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
406     version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
407     have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
408     group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
409     compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
410     to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
411     following rules:
412    
413     Compatibility:
414    
415     1. The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP major
416     version are exactly equal.
417    
418     2. The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than the
419     sampler's LSCP minor version.
420    
421     Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true. The
422     frontend can use the "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5) command to get
423     the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
424    
425    
426    
427    
428    
429    
430    
431    
432    
433    
434    
435    
436    
437    
438    
439    
440    
441    
442    
443    
444    
445    
446    
447     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 8]
448    
449     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
450    
451    
452     3. Introduction
453    
454     LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application capable to
455     playback audio samples from a computer's Random Access Memory (RAM)
456     as well as directly streaming it from disk. LinuxSampler is designed
457     to be modular. It provides several so called "sampler engines" where
458     each engine is specialized for a certain purpose. LinuxSampler has
459     virtual channels which will be referred in this document as "sampler
460     channels". The channels are in such way virtual as they can be
461     connected to an arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI
462     channel (e.g. sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA
463     sequencer device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each
464     sampler channel will be associated with an instance of one of the
465     available sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio
466     output of each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio
467     output method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
468     there.
469    
470    
471    
472    
473    
474    
475    
476    
477    
478    
479    
480    
481    
482    
483    
484    
485    
486    
487    
488    
489    
490    
491    
492    
493    
494    
495    
496    
497    
498    
499    
500    
501    
502    
503     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 9]
504    
505     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
506    
507    
508     4. Focus of this protocol
509    
510     Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure a
511     running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information about it.
512     The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to control
513     synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release notes. Or in
514     other words; the focus are those functionalities which are not
515     covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled via MIDI System
516     Exclusive Messages.
517    
518    
519    
520    
521    
522    
523    
524    
525    
526    
527    
528    
529    
530    
531    
532    
533    
534    
535    
536    
537    
538    
539    
540    
541    
542    
543    
544    
545    
546    
547    
548    
549    
550    
551    
552    
553    
554    
555    
556    
557    
558    
559     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 10]
560    
561     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
562    
563    
564     5. Communication Overview
565    
566     There are two distinct methods of communication between a running
567     instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control applications, so
568     called "front-ends": a simple request/response communication method
569     used by the clients to give commands to the server as well as to
570     inquire about server's status and a subscribe/notify communication
571     method used by the client to subscribe to and receive notifications
572     of certain events as they happen on the server. The latter needs
573     more effort to be implemented in the front-end application. The two
574     communication methods will be described next.
575    
576     5.1. Request/response communication method
577    
578     This simple communication method is based on TCP [RFC793]. The
579     front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
580     LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the front-end
581     application will send certain ASCII based commands as defined in this
582     document (every command line must be CRLF terminated - see
583     "Conventions used in this document" at the beginning of this
584     document) and the LinuxSampler application will response after a
585     certain process time with an appropriate ASCII based answer, also as
586     defined in this document. So this TCP communication is simply based
587     on query and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
588     answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to automatically send
589     messages to the client if it's not asked to. The fronted should not
590     reconnect to LinuxSampler for every single command, instead it should
591     keep the connection established and simply resend message(s) for
592     subsequent commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
593     the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get the
594     current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This is often
595     referred to as "polling". While polling is simple to implement and
596     may be OK to use in some cases, there may be disadvantages to polling
597     such as network traffic overhead and information being out of date.
598     It is possible for a client or several clients to open more than one
599     connection to the server at the same time. It is also possible to
600     send more than one request to the server at the same time but if
601     those requests are sent over the same connection server MUST execute
602     them sequentially. Upon executing a request server will produce a
603     result set and send it to the client. Each and every request made by
604     the client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the client.
605     No other data other than a result set may be sent by a server to a
606     client. No result set may be sent to a client without the client
607     sending request to the server first. On any particular connection,
608     result sets MUST be sent in their entirety without being interrupted
609     by other result sets. If several requests got queued up at the
610     server they MUST be processed in the order they were received and
611     result sets MUST be sent back in the same order.
612    
613    
614    
615     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 11]
616    
617     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
618    
619    
620     5.1.1. Result format
621    
622     Result set could be one of the following types:
623    
624     1. Normal
625    
626     2. Warning
627    
628     3. Error
629    
630     Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and have the
631     following format:
632    
633     o "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>"
634    
635     o "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>"
636    
637     Where <warning-code> and <error-code> are numeric unique identifiers
638     of the warning or error and <warning-message> and <error-message> are
639     human readable descriptions of the warning or error respectively.
640    
641     Examples:
642    
643     C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0
644    
645     S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively
646     yet."
647    
648     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"
649    
650     S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter
651     'EAR'."
652    
653     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"
654    
655     S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."
656    
657     Normal result sets could be:
658    
659     1. Empty
660    
661     2. Single line
662    
663     3. Multi-line
664    
665     Empty result set is issued when the server only needed to acknowledge
666     the fact that the request was received and it was processed
667     successfully and no additional information is available. This result
668    
669    
670    
671     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 12]
672    
673     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
674    
675    
676     set has the following format:
677    
678     "OK"
679    
680     Example:
681    
682     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"
683    
684     S: "OK"
685    
686     Single line result sets are command specific. One example of a
687     single line result set is an empty line. Multi-line result sets are
688     command specific and may include one or more lines of information.
689     They MUST always end with the following line:
690    
691     "."
692    
693     Example:
694    
695     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
696    
697     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
698    
699     "CHANNELS: 2"
700    
701     "SAMPLERATE: 44100"
702    
703     "ACTIVE: true"
704    
705     "FRAGMENTS: 2"
706    
707     "FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
708    
709     "CARD: '0,0'"
710    
711     "."
712    
713     In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and empty result
714     sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they have the following formats
715     respectively:
716    
717     o "WRN[<index>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>"
718    
719     o "OK[<index>]"
720    
721     where <index> is command specific and is used to indicate channel
722     number that the result set was related to or other integer value.
723    
724    
725    
726    
727     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 13]
728    
729     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
730    
731    
732     Each line of the result set MUST end with <CRLF>.
733    
734     Examples:
735    
736     C: "ADD CHANNEL"
737    
738     S: "OK[12]"
739    
740     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"
741    
742     S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
743    
744     5.2. Subscribe/notify communication method
745    
746     This more sophisticated communication method is actually only an
747     extension of the simple request/response communication method. The
748     front-end still uses a TCP connection and sends the same commands on
749     the TCP connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
750     commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is interested
751     in receiving notifications about certain events as they happen on the
752     server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the following syntax:
753    
754     SUBSCRIBE <event-id>
755    
756     where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
757     wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such request, server SHOULD
758     respond with OK and start sending EVENT notifications when a given
759     even has occurred to the front-end when an event has occurred. It
760     MAY be possible certain events may be sent before OK response during
761     real time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
762     following format:
763    
764     NOTIFY:<event-id>:<custom-event-data>
765    
766     where <event-id> uniquely identifies the event that has occurred and
767     <custom-event-data> is event specific.
768    
769     Several rules must be followed by the server when generating events:
770    
771     1. Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not issued an
772     appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.
773    
774     2. Events MUST only be sent using the same connection that was used
775     to subscribe to them.
776    
777     3. When response is being sent to the client, event MUST be inserted
778     in the stream before or after the response, but NOT in the
779     middle. Same is true about the response. It should never be
780    
781    
782    
783     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 14]
784    
785     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
786    
787    
788     inserted in the middle of the event message as well as any other
789     response.
790    
791     If the client is not interested in a particular event anymore it MAY
792     issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following syntax:
793    
794     UNSUBSCRIBE <event-id>
795    
796     where <event-id> will be replace by the respective event that client
797     is no longer interested in receiving. For a list of supported events
798     see Section 8.
799    
800     Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have changed on
801     sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance will react by sending
802     the following message to all clients who subscribed to this event:
803    
804     NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%
805    
806     Which means there are currently three active streams on sampler
807     channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled by 62%, stream
808     with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with ID 37 is filled by 98%.
809    
810     Clients may choose to open more than one connection to the server and
811     use some connections to receive notifications while using other
812     connections to issue commands to the back-end. This is entirely
813     legal and up to the implementation. This does not change the
814     protocol in any way and no special restrictions exist on the server
815     to allow or disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
816     front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept multiple
817     connections and support protocol described in this specification in
818     it's entirety on this single port on each connection that it
819     accepted.
820    
821     Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication, dead peers
822     will be detected automatically by the OS TCP stack. While it may
823     take a while to detect dead peers if no traffic is being sent from
824     server to client (TCP keep-alive timer is set to 2 hours on many
825     OSes) it will not be an issue here as when notifications are sent by
826     the server, dead client will be detected quickly.
827    
828     When connection is closed for any reason server MUST forget all
829     subscriptions that were made on this connection. If client
830     reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that it wants to
831     receive.
832    
833    
834    
835    
836    
837    
838    
839     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 15]
840    
841     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
842    
843    
844     6. Description for control commands
845    
846     This chapter will describe the available control commands that can be
847     sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain commands (e.g.
848     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10) or "GET ENGINE INFO"
849     (Section 6.4.9)) lead to multiple-line responses. In this case
850     LinuxSampler signals the end of the response by a "." (single dot)
851     line.
852    
853     6.1. Ignored lines and comments
854    
855     White lines, that is lines which only contain space and tabulator
856     characters, and lines that start with a "#" character are ignored,
857     thus it's possible for example to group commands and to place
858     comments in a LSCP script file.
859    
860     6.2. Configuring audio drivers
861    
862     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
863     multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to output the sound of
864     one sampler channel using the ALSA audio output driver, and on
865     another sampler channel you might want to use the JACK audio output
866     driver. For particular audio output systems it's also possible to
867     create several devices of the same audio output driver, e.g. two
868     separate ALSA audio output devices for using two different sound
869     cards at the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
870     configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their parameters.
871    
872     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver
873     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible
874     values have to be obtained at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit
875     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written
876     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what
877     parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-
878     ends can even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in
879     future without modifying the front-end at all.
880    
881     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of
882     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.
883     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different
884     parameter names and meanings than shown in these examples or might
885     change in future, so these examples are only meant for showing how to
886     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
887     possible values, etc.
888    
889    
890    
891    
892    
893    
894    
895     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 16]
896    
897     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
898    
899    
900     6.2.1. Getting amount of available audio output drivers
901    
902     Use the following command to get the number of audio output drivers
903     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
904    
905     GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
906    
907     Possible Answers:
908    
909     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of audio output
910     drivers.
911    
912     Example:
913    
914     C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
915    
916     S: "2"
917    
918     6.2.2. Getting all available audio output drivers
919    
920     Use the following command to list all audio output drivers currently
921     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
922    
923     LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
924    
925     Possible Answers:
926    
927     LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
928     strings, each symbolizing an audio output driver.
929    
930     Example:
931    
932     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
933    
934     S: "ALSA,JACK"
935    
936     6.2.3. Getting information about a specific audio output driver
937    
938     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
939     specific audio output driver:
940    
941     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO <audio-output-driver>
942    
943     Where <audio-output-driver> is the name of the audio output driver,
944     returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2)
945     command.
946    
947     Possible Answers:
948    
949    
950    
951     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 17]
952    
953     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
954    
955    
956     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
957     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
958     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
959     character string to that info category. At the moment the
960     following information categories are defined:
961    
962    
963    
964     DESCRIPTION -
965    
966     character string describing the audio output driver
967    
968     VERSION -
969    
970     character string reflecting the driver's version
971    
972     PARAMETERS -
973    
974     comma separated list of all parameters available for the
975     given audio output driver, at least parameters 'channels',
976     'samplerate' and 'active' are offered by all audio output
977     drivers
978    
979     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
980    
981     Example:
982    
983     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
984    
985     S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
986    
987     "VERSION: 1.0"
988    
989     "PARAMETERS: DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
990     FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"
991    
992     "."
993    
994     6.2.4. Getting information about specific audio output driver parameter
995    
996     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
997     specific audio output driver parameter:
998    
999     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO <audio> <prm> [<deplist>]
1000    
1001     Where <audio> is the name of the audio output driver as returned by
1002     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command,
1003     <prm> a specific parameter name for which information should be
1004    
1005    
1006    
1007     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 18]
1008    
1009     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1010    
1011    
1012     obtained (as returned by the "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"
1013     (Section 6.2.3) command) and <deplist> is an optional list of
1014     parameters on which the sought parameter <prm> depends on, <deplist>
1015     is a list of key-value pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
1016     where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1017     Arguments given with <deplist> which are not dependency parameters of
1018     <prm> will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put
1019     all parameters into <deplist> with the values already selected by the
1020     user.
1021    
1022     Possible Answers:
1023    
1024     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1025     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1026     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1027     character string to that info category. There are information
1028     which is always returned, independently of the given driver
1029     parameter and there are optional information which is only shown
1030     dependently to given driver parameter. At the moment the
1031     following information categories are defined:
1032    
1033     TYPE -
1034    
1035     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1036     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1037     character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver
1038     parameter)
1039    
1040     DESCRIPTION -
1041    
1042     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
1043     returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1044    
1045     MANDATORY -
1046    
1047     either true or false, defines if this parameter must be given
1048     when the device is to be created with the 'CREATE
1049     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command (always returned,
1050     no matter which driver parameter)
1051    
1052     FIX -
1053    
1054     either true or false, if false then this parameter can be
1055     changed at any time, once the device is created by the 'CREATE
1056     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command (always returned,
1057     no matter which driver parameter)
1058    
1059    
1060    
1061    
1062    
1063     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 19]
1064    
1065     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1066    
1067    
1068     MULTIPLICITY -
1069    
1070     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
1071     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
1072     false only a single value allowed (always returned, no matter
1073     which driver parameter)
1074    
1075     DEPENDS -
1076    
1077     comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends on,
1078     means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN', 'RANGE_MAX'
1079     and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these listed parameters,
1080     for example assuming that an audio driver (like the ALSA
1081     driver) offers parameters 'card' and 'samplerate' then
1082     parameter 'samplerate' would depend on 'card' because the
1083     possible values for 'samplerate' depends on the sound card
1084     which can be chosen by the 'card' parameter (optionally
1085     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1086    
1087     DEFAULT -
1088    
1089     reflects the default value for this parameter which is used
1090     when the device is created and not explicitly given with the
1091     'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.2.5) command, in case
1092     of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated list, that's why
1093     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')
1094     (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1095    
1096     RANGE_MIN -
1097    
1098     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1099     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1100     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MAX, but
1101     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1102     driver parameter)
1103    
1104     RANGE_MAX -
1105    
1106     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1107     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1108     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but
1109     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1110     driver parameter)
1111    
1112     POSSIBILITIES -
1113    
1114     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1115     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
1116    
1117    
1118    
1119     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 20]
1120    
1121     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1122    
1123    
1124     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1125    
1126     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1127    
1128     Examples:
1129    
1130     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"
1131    
1132     S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"
1133    
1134     "TYPE: STRING"
1135    
1136     "MANDATORY: false"
1137    
1138     "FIX: true"
1139    
1140     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1141    
1142     "DEFAULT: '0,0'"
1143    
1144     "POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"
1145    
1146     "."
1147    
1148     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"
1149    
1150     S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1151    
1152     "TYPE: INT"
1153    
1154     "MANDATORY: false"
1155    
1156     "FIX: false"
1157    
1158     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1159    
1160     "DEPENDS: card"
1161    
1162     "DEFAULT: 44100"
1163    
1164     "."
1165    
1166     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE
1167     CARD='0,0'"
1168    
1169     S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1170    
1171    
1172    
1173    
1174    
1175     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 21]
1176    
1177     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1178    
1179    
1180     "TYPE: INT"
1181    
1182     "MANDATORY: false"
1183    
1184     "FIX: false"
1185    
1186     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1187    
1188     "DEPENDS: card"
1189    
1190     "DEFAULT: 44100"
1191    
1192     "RANGE_MIN: 22050"
1193    
1194     "RANGE_MAX: 96000"
1195    
1196     "."
1197    
1198     6.2.5. Creating an audio output device
1199    
1200     Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the
1201     desired audio output system:
1202    
1203     CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <audio-output-driver> [<param-list>]
1204    
1205     Where <audio-output-driver> should be replaced by the desired audio
1206     output system as returned by the "LIST
1207     AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2) command and <param-
1208     list> by an optional list of driver specific parameters in form of
1209     "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values should be
1210     encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Note that there might be drivers
1211     which require parameter(s) to be given with this command. Use the
1212     previously described commands in this chapter to get this
1213     information.
1214    
1215     Possible Answers:
1216    
1217     "OK[<device-id>]" -
1218    
1219     in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>
1220     is the numerical ID of the new device
1221    
1222     "WRN[<device-id>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1223    
1224     in case the device was created successfully, where <device-id>
1225     is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy
1226     issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't support given
1227     hardware parameters and the driver is using fall-back values),
1228    
1229    
1230    
1231     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 22]
1232    
1233     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1234    
1235    
1236     providing an appropriate warning code and warning message
1237    
1238     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1239    
1240     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1241     error message
1242    
1243     Examples:
1244    
1245     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
1246    
1247     S: "OK[0]"
1248    
1249     C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"
1250    
1251     S: "OK[1]"
1252    
1253     6.2.6. Destroying an audio output device
1254    
1255     Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1256    
1257     DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <device-id>
1258    
1259     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1260     output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1261     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1262     command.
1263    
1264     Possible Answers:
1265    
1266     "OK" -
1267    
1268     in case the device was successfully destroyed
1269    
1270     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1271    
1272     in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
1273     noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet driver
1274     was unloaded but the other host might not be informed about
1275     this situation), providing an appropriate warning code and
1276     warning message
1277    
1278     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1279    
1280     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1281     error message
1282    
1283     Example:
1284    
1285    
1286    
1287     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 23]
1288    
1289     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1290    
1291    
1292     C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1293    
1294     S: "OK"
1295    
1296     6.2.7. Getting all created audio output device count
1297    
1298     Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1299    
1300     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1301    
1302     Possible Answers:
1303    
1304     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1305     audio output devices.
1306    
1307     Example:
1308    
1309     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1310    
1311     S: "4"
1312    
1313     6.2.8. Getting all created audio output device list
1314    
1315     Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1316    
1317     LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1318    
1319     Possible Answers:
1320    
1321     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
1322     the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.
1323    
1324     Example:
1325    
1326     C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1327    
1328     S: "0,1,4,5"
1329    
1330     6.2.9. Getting current settings of an audio output device
1331    
1332     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
1333     created audio output device:
1334    
1335     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>
1336    
1337     Where <device-id> should be replaced by numerical ID of the audio
1338     output device as e.g. returned by the "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1339     (Section 6.2.8) command.
1340    
1341    
1342    
1343     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 24]
1344    
1345     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1346    
1347    
1348     Possible Answers:
1349    
1350     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1351     answer line begins with the information category name followed by a
1352     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info character
1353     string to that info category. As some parameters might allow
1354     multiple values, character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes
1355     ('). At the moment the following information categories are defined
1356     (independently of device):
1357    
1358     DRIVER -
1359    
1360     identifier of the used audio output driver, as also returned by
1361     the "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.2.2)
1362     command
1363    
1364     CHANNELS -
1365    
1366     amount of audio output channels this device currently offers
1367    
1368     SAMPLERATE -
1369    
1370     playback sample rate the device uses
1371    
1372     ACTIVE -
1373    
1374     either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1375     inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the sampler
1376     channels connected to this audio device render any audio
1377    
1378     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
1379     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all audio
1380     output devices. Every audio output driver might have its own,
1381     additional driver specific parameters (see Section 6.2.3) which are
1382     also returned by this command.
1383    
1384     Example:
1385    
1386     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
1387    
1388     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1389    
1390     "CHANNELS: 2"
1391    
1392     "SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1393    
1394     "ACTIVE: true"
1395    
1396    
1397    
1398    
1399     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 25]
1400    
1401     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1402    
1403    
1404     "FRAGMENTS: 2"
1405    
1406     "FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
1407    
1408     "CARD: '0,0'"
1409    
1410     "."
1411    
1412     6.2.10. Changing settings of audio output devices
1413    
1414     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
1415     audio output device:
1416    
1417     SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER <device-id> <key>=<value>
1418    
1419     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1420     output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1421     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1422     command, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and <value> by
1423     the new value for this parameter.
1424    
1425     Possible Answers:
1426    
1427     "OK" -
1428    
1429     in case setting was successfully changed
1430    
1431     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1432    
1433     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1434     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
1435     code and warning message
1436    
1437     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1438    
1439     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1440     error message
1441    
1442     Example:
1443    
1444     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1445    
1446     S: "OK"
1447    
1448    
1449    
1450    
1451    
1452    
1453    
1454    
1455     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 26]
1456    
1457     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1458    
1459    
1460     6.2.11. Getting information about an audio channel
1461    
1462     Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1463    
1464     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO <device-id> <audio-chan>
1465    
1466     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as
1467     given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST
1468     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command and <audio-chan> the
1469     audio channel number.
1470    
1471     Possible Answers:
1472    
1473     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1474     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1475     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1476     character string to that info category. At the moment the
1477     following information categories are defined:
1478    
1479    
1480    
1481     NAME -
1482    
1483     arbitrary character string naming the channel, which doesn't
1484     have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)
1485    
1486     IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
1487    
1488     either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
1489     independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which is
1490     mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is needed for
1491     sampler engines which need more audio channels than the used
1492     audio system might be able to offer (always returned by all
1493     audio channels)
1494    
1495     MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
1496    
1497     numerical ID (positive integer including 0) which reflects
1498     the real audio channel (of the same audio output device)
1499     this mix channel refers to, means where the audio signal
1500     actually will be routed / added to (only returned in case
1501     the audio channel is mix channel)
1502    
1503     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
1504     fields above are only those fields which are generally returned for
1505     the described cases by all audio channels regardless of the audio
1506     driver. Every audio channel might have its own, additional driver
1507     and channel specific parameters.
1508    
1509    
1510    
1511     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 27]
1512    
1513     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1514    
1515    
1516     Examples:
1517    
1518     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
1519    
1520     S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
1521    
1522     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1523    
1524     "."
1525    
1526     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"
1527    
1528     S: "NAME: studio monitor right"
1529    
1530     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1531    
1532     "."
1533    
1534     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"
1535    
1536     S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
1537    
1538     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"
1539    
1540     "MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"
1541    
1542     "."
1543    
1544     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"
1545    
1546     S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"
1547    
1548     "IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
1549    
1550     "JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"
1551    
1552     "."
1553    
1554     6.2.12. Getting information about specific audio channel parameter
1555    
1556     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
1557     audio channel parameter:
1558    
1559     GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <chan> <param>
1560    
1561     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the audio output device as
1562     returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST
1563     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8) command, <chan> the audio
1564    
1565    
1566    
1567     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 28]
1568    
1569     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1570    
1571    
1572     channel number and <param> a specific channel parameter name for
1573     which information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET
1574     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.2.11) command).
1575    
1576     Possible Answers:
1577    
1578     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1579     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1580     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1581     character string to that info category. There are information
1582     which is always returned, independently of the given channel
1583     parameter and there is optional information which is only shown
1584     dependently to the given audio channel. At the moment the
1585     following information categories are defined:
1586    
1587    
1588    
1589     TYPE -
1590    
1591     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1592     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1593     character string(s) (always returned)
1594    
1595     DESCRIPTION -
1596    
1597     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1598     (always returned)
1599    
1600     FIX -
1601    
1602     either true or false, if true then this parameter is read
1603     only, thus cannot be altered (always returned)
1604    
1605     MULTIPLICITY -
1606    
1607     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only
1608     one value or a list of values, where true means multiple
1609     values and false only a single value allowed (always
1610     returned)
1611    
1612     RANGE_MIN -
1613    
1614     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1615     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1616     number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX', but
1617     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1618     driver and channel parameter)
1619    
1620    
1621    
1622    
1623     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 29]
1624    
1625     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1626    
1627    
1628     RANGE_MAX -
1629    
1630     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1631     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1632     number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN', but
1633     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1634     driver and channel parameter)
1635    
1636     POSSIBILITIES -
1637    
1638     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1639     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes
1640     (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
1641     parameter)
1642    
1643     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1644    
1645     Example:
1646    
1647     C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"
1648    
1649     S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"
1650    
1651     "TYPE: STRING"
1652    
1653     "FIX: false"
1654    
1655     "MULTIPLICITY: true"
1656    
1657     "POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"
1658    
1659     "."
1660    
1661     6.2.13. Changing settings of audio output channels
1662    
1663     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio
1664     output channel:
1665    
1666     SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER <dev-id> <chn> <key>=<value>
1667    
1668     Where <dev-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
1669     output device as returned by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
1670     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
1671     command, <chn> by the audio channel number, <key> by the name of the
1672     parameter to change and <value> by the new value for this parameter.
1673    
1674     Possible Answers:
1675    
1676    
1677    
1678    
1679     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 30]
1680    
1681     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1682    
1683    
1684     "OK" -
1685    
1686     in case setting was successfully changed
1687    
1688     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
1689    
1690     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1691     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
1692     code and warning message
1693    
1694     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
1695    
1696     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1697     error message
1698    
1699     Example:
1700    
1701     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"
1702    
1703     S: "OK"
1704    
1705     C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"
1706    
1707     S: "OK"
1708    
1709     6.3. Configuring MIDI input drivers
1710    
1711     Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
1712     multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet
1713     as MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on
1714     another sampler channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also
1715     possible to create several devices of the same MIDI input type. This
1716     chapter describes all commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input
1717     devices and their parameters.
1718    
1719     Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver
1720     individually, all possible parameters, their meanings and possible
1721     values have to be obtained at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit
1722     abstract, but has the advantage, that front-ends can be written
1723     independently of what drivers are currently implemented and what
1724     parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-
1725     ends can even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in
1726     future without modifying the front-end at all.
1727    
1728     Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same
1729     as the commands for configuring audio output drivers, already
1730     described in the last chapter.
1731    
1732    
1733    
1734    
1735     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 31]
1736    
1737     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1738    
1739    
1740     Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of
1741     drivers are not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters.
1742     Driver implementations in LinuxSampler might have complete different
1743     parameter names and meanings than shown in these examples or might
1744     change in future, so these examples are only meant for showing how to
1745     retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1746     possible values, etc.
1747    
1748     6.3.1. Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers
1749    
1750     Use the following command to get the number of MIDI input drivers
1751     currently available for the LinuxSampler instance:
1752    
1753     GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
1754    
1755     Possible Answers:
1756    
1757     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available MIDI
1758     input drivers.
1759    
1760     Example:
1761    
1762     C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
1763    
1764     S: "2"
1765    
1766     6.3.2. Getting all available MIDI input drivers
1767    
1768     Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently
1769     available for the LinuxSampler instance:
1770    
1771     LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
1772    
1773     Possible Answers:
1774    
1775     LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
1776     strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
1777    
1778     Example:
1779    
1780     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
1781    
1782     S: "ALSA,JACK"
1783    
1784    
1785    
1786    
1787    
1788    
1789    
1790    
1791     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 32]
1792    
1793     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1794    
1795    
1796     6.3.3. Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver
1797    
1798     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1799     specific MIDI input driver:
1800    
1801     GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO <midi-input-driver>
1802    
1803     Where <midi-input-driver> is the name of the MIDI input driver as
1804     returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2)
1805     command.
1806    
1807     Possible Answers:
1808    
1809     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1810     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
1811     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
1812     character string to that info category. At the moment the
1813     following information categories are defined:
1814    
1815    
1816    
1817     DESCRIPTION -
1818    
1819     arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver
1820    
1821     VERSION -
1822    
1823     arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version
1824    
1825     PARAMETERS -
1826    
1827     comma separated list of all parameters available for the
1828     given MIDI input driver
1829    
1830     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1831    
1832     Example:
1833    
1834     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1835    
1836     S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
1837    
1838     "VERSION: 1.0"
1839    
1840     "PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"
1841    
1842     "."
1843    
1844    
1845    
1846    
1847     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 33]
1848    
1849     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1850    
1851    
1852     6.3.4. Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter
1853    
1854     Use the following command to get detailed information about a
1855     specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
1856    
1857     GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO <midit> <param> [<deplist>]
1858    
1859     Where <midit> is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned by the
1860     "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2) command, <param>
1861     a specific parameter name for which information should be obtained
1862     (as returned by the "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO" (Section 6.3.3)
1863     command) and <deplist> is an optional list of parameters on which the
1864     sought parameter <param> depends on, <deplist> is a key-value pair
1865     list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string
1866     values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with
1867     <deplist> which are not dependency parameters of <param> will be
1868     ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all
1869     parameters in <deplist> with the values selected by the user.
1870    
1871     Possible Answers:
1872    
1873     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
1874     answer line begins with the information category name followed by a
1875     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info character
1876     string to that info category. There is information which is always
1877     returned, independent of the given driver parameter and there is
1878     optional information which is only shown dependent to given driver
1879     parameter. At the moment the following information categories are
1880     defined:
1881    
1882     TYPE -
1883    
1884     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
1885     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1886     character string(s) (always returned, no matter which driver
1887     parameter)
1888    
1889     DESCRIPTION -
1890    
1891     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
1892     returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1893    
1894     MANDATORY -
1895    
1896     either true or false, defines if this parameter must be given
1897     when the device is to be created with the 'CREATE
1898     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no
1899     matter which driver parameter)
1900    
1901    
1902    
1903     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 34]
1904    
1905     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1906    
1907    
1908     FIX -
1909    
1910     either true or false, if false then this parameter can be
1911     changed at any time, once the device is created by the 'CREATE
1912     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command (always returned, no
1913     matter which driver parameter)
1914    
1915     MULTIPLICITY -
1916    
1917     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
1918     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
1919     false only a single value allowed (always returned, no matter
1920     which driver parameter)
1921    
1922     DEPENDS -
1923    
1924     comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends on,
1925     means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN', 'RANGE_MAX'
1926     and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these listed parameters,
1927     for example assuming that an audio driver (like the ALSA
1928     driver) offers parameters 'card' and 'samplerate' then
1929     parameter 'samplerate' would depend on 'card' because the
1930     possible values for 'samplerate' depends on the sound card
1931     which can be chosen by the 'card' parameter (optionally
1932     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1933    
1934     DEFAULT -
1935    
1936     reflects the default value for this parameter which is used
1937     when the device is created and not explicitly given with the
1938     'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE' (Section 6.3.5) command, in case of
1939     MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated list, that's why
1940     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (')
1941     (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1942    
1943     RANGE_MIN -
1944    
1945     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1946     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1947     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MAX, but
1948     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1949     driver parameter)
1950    
1951     RANGE_MAX -
1952    
1953     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1954     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
1955     this parameter is often used in conjunction with RANGE_MIN, but
1956    
1957    
1958    
1959     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 35]
1960    
1961     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
1962    
1963    
1964     may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
1965     driver parameter)
1966    
1967     POSSIBILITIES -
1968    
1969     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
1970     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
1971     returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1972    
1973     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1974    
1975     Example:
1976    
1977     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"
1978    
1979     S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"
1980    
1981     "TYPE: BOOL"
1982    
1983     "MANDATORY: false"
1984    
1985     "FIX: false"
1986    
1987     "MULTIPLICITY: false"
1988    
1989     "DEFAULT: true"
1990    
1991     "."
1992    
1993     6.3.5. Creating a MIDI input device
1994    
1995     Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the
1996     desired MIDI input system:
1997    
1998     CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <midi-input-driver> [<param-list>]
1999    
2000     Where <midi-input-driver> should be replaced by the desired MIDI
2001     input system as returned by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2002     (Section 6.3.2) command and <param-list> by an optional list of
2003     driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
2004     where character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes
2005     ('). Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to
2006     be given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
2007     this chapter to get that information.
2008    
2009     Possible Answers:
2010    
2011    
2012    
2013    
2014    
2015     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 36]
2016    
2017     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2018    
2019    
2020     "OK[<device-id>]" -
2021    
2022     in case the device was successfully created, where <device-id>
2023     is the numerical ID of the new device
2024    
2025     "WRN[<device-id>]:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2026    
2027     in case the driver was loaded successfully, where <device-id>
2028     is the numerical ID of the new device, but there are noteworthy
2029     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2030     warning message
2031    
2032     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2033    
2034     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2035     error message
2036    
2037     Example:
2038    
2039     C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
2040    
2041     S: "OK[0]"
2042    
2043     6.3.6. Destroying a MIDI input device
2044    
2045     Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2046    
2047     DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <device-id>
2048    
2049     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as
2050     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2051     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
2052    
2053     Possible Answers:
2054    
2055     "OK" -
2056    
2057     in case the device was successfully destroyed
2058    
2059     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2060    
2061     in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
2062     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2063     warning message
2064    
2065     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2066    
2067    
2068    
2069    
2070    
2071     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 37]
2072    
2073     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2074    
2075    
2076     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2077     error message
2078    
2079     Example:
2080    
2081     C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"
2082    
2083     S: "OK"
2084    
2085     6.3.7. Getting all created MIDI input device count
2086    
2087     Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2088    
2089     GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2090    
2091     Possible Answers:
2092    
2093     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all MIDI
2094     input devices.
2095    
2096     Example:
2097    
2098     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2099    
2100     S: "3"
2101    
2102     6.3.8. Getting all created MIDI input device list
2103    
2104     Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2105    
2106     LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2107    
2108     Possible Answers:
2109    
2110     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
2111     the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2112    
2113     Examples:
2114    
2115     C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2116    
2117     S: "0,1,2"
2118    
2119     C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2120    
2121     S: "1,3"
2122    
2123    
2124    
2125    
2126    
2127     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 38]
2128    
2129     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2130    
2131    
2132     6.3.9. Getting current settings of a MIDI input device
2133    
2134     Use the following command to get current settings of a specific,
2135     created MIDI input device:
2136    
2137     GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO <device-id>
2138    
2139     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2140     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2141     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
2142    
2143     Possible Answers:
2144    
2145     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2146     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2147     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2148     character string to that info category. As some parameters might
2149     allow multiple values, character strings are encapsulated into
2150     apostrophes ('). At the moment the following information
2151     categories are defined (independent of driver):
2152    
2153    
2154    
2155     DRIVER -
2156    
2157     identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g. returned
2158     by the "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS" (Section 6.3.2)
2159     command
2160    
2161     ACTIVE -
2162    
2163     either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
2164     inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events and
2165     thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler channels
2166    
2167     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order. The
2168     fields above are only those fields which are returned by all MIDI
2169     input devices. Every MIDI input driver might have its own,
2170     additional driver specific parameters (see "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER
2171     INFO" (Section 6.3.3) command) which are also returned by this
2172     command.
2173    
2174     Example:
2175    
2176     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
2177    
2178     S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
2179    
2180    
2181    
2182    
2183     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 39]
2184    
2185     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2186    
2187    
2188     "ACTIVE: true"
2189    
2190     "."
2191    
2192     6.3.10. Changing settings of MIDI input devices
2193    
2194     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created
2195     MIDI input device:
2196    
2197     SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER <device-id> <key>=<value>
2198    
2199     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
2200     input device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"
2201     (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command,
2202     <key> by the name of the parameter to change and <value> by the new
2203     value for this parameter.
2204    
2205     Possible Answers:
2206    
2207     "OK" -
2208    
2209     in case setting was successfully changed
2210    
2211     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2212    
2213     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2214     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2215     code and warning message
2216    
2217     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2218    
2219     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2220     error message
2221    
2222     Example:
2223    
2224     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
2225    
2226     S: "OK"
2227    
2228     6.3.11. Getting information about a MIDI port
2229    
2230     Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
2231    
2232     GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO <device-id> <midi-port>
2233    
2234     Where <device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2235     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2236    
2237    
2238    
2239     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 40]
2240    
2241     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2242    
2243    
2244     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command and <midi-port> the MIDI
2245     input port number.
2246    
2247     Possible Answers:
2248    
2249     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2250     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2251     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2252     character string to that info category. At the moment the
2253     following information categories are defined:
2254    
2255     NAME -
2256    
2257     arbitrary character string naming the port
2258    
2259     The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI ports
2260     regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port might have
2261     its own, additional driver and port specific parameters.
2262    
2263     Example:
2264    
2265     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"
2266    
2267     S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"
2268    
2269     "ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"
2270    
2271     "."
2272    
2273     6.3.12. Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter
2274    
2275     Use the following command to get detailed information about specific
2276     MIDI port parameter:
2277    
2278     GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO <dev-id> <port> <param>
2279    
2280     Where <dev-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as
2281     returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5) or "LIST
2282     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> the MIDI port
2283     number and <param> a specific port parameter name for which
2284     information should be obtained (as returned by the "GET
2285     MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO" (Section 6.3.11) command).
2286    
2287     Possible Answers:
2288    
2289     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2290     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2291     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2292    
2293    
2294    
2295     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 41]
2296    
2297     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2298    
2299    
2300     character string to that info category. There is information
2301     which is always returned, independently of the given channel
2302     parameter and there is optional information which are only shown
2303     dependently to the given MIDI port. At the moment the following
2304     information categories are defined:
2305    
2306     TYPE -
2307    
2308     either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2309     value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2310     character string(s) (always returned)
2311    
2312     DESCRIPTION -
2313    
2314     arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always
2315     returned)
2316    
2317     FIX -
2318    
2319     either true or false, if true then this parameter is read only,
2320     thus cannot be altered (always returned)
2321    
2322     MULTIPLICITY -
2323    
2324     either true or false, defines if this parameter allows only one
2325     value or a list of values, where true means multiple values and
2326     false only a single value allowed (always returned)
2327    
2328     RANGE_MIN -
2329    
2330     defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2331     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
2332     this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX'
2333     but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
2334     driver and port parameter)
2335    
2336     RANGE_MAX -
2337    
2338     defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2339     parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted number,
2340     this parameter is usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN'
2341     but may also appear without (optionally returned, dependent to
2342     driver and port parameter)
2343    
2344     POSSIBILITIES -
2345    
2346     comma separated list of possible values for this parameter,
2347     character strings are encapsulated into apostrophes (optionally
2348    
2349    
2350    
2351     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 42]
2352    
2353     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2354    
2355    
2356     returned, dependent to device and port parameter)
2357    
2358     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2359    
2360     Example:
2361    
2362     C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"
2363    
2364     S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"
2365    
2366     "TYPE: STRING"
2367    
2368     "FIX: false"
2369    
2370     "MULTIPLICITY: true"
2371    
2372     "POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"
2373    
2374     "."
2375    
2376     6.3.13. Changing settings of MIDI input ports
2377    
2378     Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input
2379     port:
2380    
2381     SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER <device-id> <port> <key>=<value>
2382    
2383     Where <device-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
2384     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
2385     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, <port> by the
2386     MIDI port number, <key> by the name of the parameter to change and
2387     <value> by the new value for this parameter (encapsulated into
2388     apostrophes) or NONE (not encapsulated into apostrophes) for
2389     specifying no value for parameters allowing a list of values.
2390    
2391     Possible Answers:
2392    
2393     "OK" -
2394    
2395     in case setting was successfully changed
2396    
2397     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2398    
2399     in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2400     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2401     code and warning message
2402    
2403    
2404    
2405    
2406    
2407     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 43]
2408    
2409     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2410    
2411    
2412     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2413    
2414     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2415     error message
2416    
2417     Example:
2418    
2419     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS='20:0'"
2420    
2421     S: "OK"
2422    
2423     C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS=NONE"
2424    
2425     S: "OK"
2426    
2427     6.4. Configuring sampler channels
2428    
2429     The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler
2430     channels, associate a sampler channel with a sampler engine, load
2431     instruments and connect sampler channels to MIDI and audio devices.
2432    
2433     6.4.1. Loading an instrument
2434    
2435     An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by
2436     one of the following commands:
2437    
2438     LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '<filename>' <instr-index> <sampler-
2439     channel>
2440    
2441     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file on the
2442     LinuxSampler instance's host system, <instr-index> the index of the
2443     instrument in the instrument file and <sampler-channel> is the number
2444     of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to. Each
2445     sampler channel can only have one instrument.
2446    
2447     Notice: since LSCP 1.2 the <filename> argument supports escape
2448     characters for special characters (see chapter "Character Set and
2449     Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)" for details) and accordingly
2450     backslash characters in the filename MUST now be escaped as well!
2451    
2452     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
2453     is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has
2454     been fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL
2455     version returns immediately and a background process is launched to
2456     load the instrument on the channel. The GET CHANNEL INFO
2457     (Section 6.4.10) command can be used to obtain loading progress from
2458     INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
2459     such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper
2460    
2461    
2462    
2463     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 44]
2464    
2465     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2466    
2467    
2468     format and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background
2469     process should any errors be detected at that point.
2470    
2471     Possible Answers:
2472    
2473     "OK" -
2474    
2475     in case the instrument was successfully loaded
2476    
2477     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2478    
2479     in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there are
2480     noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support one
2481     or more patch parameters provided by the loaded instrument
2482     file), providing an appropriate warning code and warning
2483     message
2484    
2485     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2486    
2487     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2488     error message
2489    
2490     Example (Unix):
2491    
2492     C: LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/joe/gigs/cello.gig' 0 0
2493    
2494     S: OK
2495    
2496     Example (Windows):
2497    
2498     C: LOAD INSTRUMENT 'D:/MySounds/cello.gig' 0 0
2499    
2500     S: OK
2501    
2502     6.4.2. Loading a sampler engine
2503    
2504     A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler channel
2505     by the following command:
2506    
2507     LOAD ENGINE <engine-name> <sampler-channel>
2508    
2509     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST
2510     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command and <sampler-channel> the
2511     sampler channel as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2512     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command where the engine type should
2513     be assigned to. This command should be issued after adding a new
2514     sampler channel and before any other control commands on the new
2515     sampler channel. It can also be used to change the engine type of a
2516    
2517    
2518    
2519     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 45]
2520    
2521     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2522    
2523    
2524     sampler channel. This command has (currently) no way to define or
2525     force if a new engine instance should be created and assigned to the
2526     given sampler channel or if an already existing instance of that
2527     engine type, shared with other sampler channels, should be used.
2528    
2529     Possible Answers:
2530    
2531     "OK" -
2532    
2533     in case the engine was successfully deployed
2534    
2535     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2536    
2537     in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there are
2538     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2539     code and warning message
2540    
2541     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2542    
2543     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2544     error message
2545    
2546     Example:
2547    
2548    
2549    
2550     6.4.3. Getting all created sampler channel count
2551    
2552     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2553     current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2554     following command:
2555    
2556     GET CHANNELS
2557    
2558     Possible Answers:
2559    
2560     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of
2561     sampler channels.
2562    
2563     Example:
2564    
2565     C: "GET CHANNELS"
2566    
2567     S: "12"
2568    
2569    
2570    
2571    
2572    
2573    
2574    
2575     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 46]
2576    
2577     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2578    
2579    
2580     6.4.4. Getting all created sampler channel list
2581    
2582     The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
2583     current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
2584     following command:
2585    
2586     LIST CHANNELS
2587    
2588     Possible Answers:
2589    
2590     LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
2591     all sampler channels numerical IDs.
2592    
2593     Example:
2594    
2595     C: "LIST CHANNELS"
2596    
2597     S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
2598    
2599     6.4.5. Adding a new sampler channel
2600    
2601     A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler channel
2602     list by sending the following command:
2603    
2604     ADD CHANNEL
2605    
2606     This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
2607     sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
2608     list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
2609     right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
2610     input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize the
2611     new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel returned
2612     by the answer of this command to perform the previously recommended
2613     commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other front-ends that
2614     might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.
2615    
2616     Possible Answers:
2617    
2618     "OK[<sampler-channel>]" -
2619    
2620     in case a new sampler channel could be added, where <sampler-
2621     channel> reflects the channel number of the new created sampler
2622     channel which should be used to set up the sampler channel by
2623     sending subsequent initialization commands
2624    
2625     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2626    
2627    
2628    
2629    
2630    
2631     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 47]
2632    
2633     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2634    
2635    
2636     in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
2637     noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning
2638     code and warning message
2639    
2640     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2641    
2642     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2643     error message
2644    
2645     Example:
2646    
2647    
2648    
2649     6.4.6. Removing a sampler channel
2650    
2651     A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
2652    
2653     REMOVE CHANNEL <sampler-channel>
2654    
2655     Where <sampler-channel> should be replaced by the number of the
2656     sampler channel as given by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2657     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command. The channel numbers of all
2658     subsequent sampler channels remain the same.
2659    
2660     Possible Answers:
2661    
2662     "OK" -
2663    
2664     in case the given sampler channel could be removed
2665    
2666     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
2667    
2668     in case the given channel was removed, but there are noteworthy
2669     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2670     warning message
2671    
2672     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
2673    
2674     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2675     error message
2676    
2677     Example:
2678    
2679    
2680    
2681    
2682    
2683    
2684    
2685    
2686    
2687     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 48]
2688    
2689     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2690    
2691    
2692     6.4.7. Getting amount of available engines
2693    
2694     The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending
2695     the following command:
2696    
2697     GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
2698    
2699     Possible Answers:
2700    
2701     LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available
2702     engines.
2703    
2704     Example:
2705    
2706     C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
2707    
2708     S: "4"
2709    
2710     6.4.8. Getting all available engines
2711    
2712     The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending
2713     the following command:
2714    
2715     LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES
2716    
2717     Possible Answers:
2718    
2719     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of the
2720     engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Engine names
2721     can consist of lower and upper cases, digits and underlines ("_"
2722     character).
2723    
2724     Example:
2725    
2726     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
2727    
2728     S: "'gig','sfz','sf2'"
2729    
2730     6.4.9. Getting information about an engine
2731    
2732     The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
2733     sending the following command:
2734    
2735     GET ENGINE INFO <engine-name>
2736    
2737     Where <engine-name> is an engine name as obtained by the "LIST
2738     AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command.
2739    
2740    
2741    
2742    
2743     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 49]
2744    
2745     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2746    
2747    
2748     Possible Answers:
2749    
2750     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2751     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
2752     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2753     character string to that info category. At the moment the
2754     following categories are defined:
2755    
2756    
2757    
2758     DESCRIPTION -
2759    
2760     arbitrary description text about the engine (note that the
2761     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
2762    
2763     VERSION -
2764    
2765     arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version
2766    
2767     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2768    
2769     Examples:
2770    
2771     C: "GET ENGINE INFO gig"
2772    
2773     S: "DESCRIPTION: GigaSampler Format Engine"
2774    
2775     "VERSION: 1.110"
2776    
2777     "."
2778    
2779     C: "GET ENGINE INFO sf2"
2780    
2781     S: "DESCRIPTION: SoundFont Format Engine"
2782    
2783     "VERSION: 1.4"
2784    
2785     "."
2786    
2787     C: "GET ENGINE INFO sfz"
2788    
2789     S: "DESCRIPTION: SFZ Format Engine"
2790    
2791     "VERSION: 1.11"
2792    
2793     "."
2794    
2795    
2796    
2797    
2798    
2799     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 50]
2800    
2801     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2802    
2803    
2804     6.4.10. Getting sampler channel information
2805    
2806     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
2807     by sending the following command:
2808    
2809     GET CHANNEL INFO <sampler-channel>
2810    
2811     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
2812     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2813     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
2814    
2815     Possible Answers:
2816    
2817     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
2818     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
2819     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
2820     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
2821     following categories are defined:
2822    
2823    
2824    
2825     ENGINE_NAME -
2826    
2827     name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
2828     channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for this
2829     sampler channel
2830    
2831     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
2832    
2833     numerical ID of the audio output device which is currently
2834     connected to this sampler channel to output the audio
2835     signal, "-1" if there's no device connected to this sampler
2836     channel
2837    
2838     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
2839    
2840     number of output channels the sampler channel offers
2841     (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)
2842    
2843     AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
2844    
2845     comma separated list which reflects to which audio channel
2846     of the selected audio output device each sampler output
2847     channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would mean the engine's
2848     output channel 0 is routed to channel 0 of the audio output
2849     device and the engine's output channel 1 is routed to the
2850     channel 3 of the audio output device
2851    
2852    
2853    
2854    
2855     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 51]
2856    
2857     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2858    
2859    
2860     INSTRUMENT_FILE -
2861    
2862     the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if there's no
2863     instrument yet loaded for this sampler channel (note: since
2864     LSCP 1.2 this path may contain escape sequences
2865     (Section 7.1))
2866    
2867     INSTRUMENT_NR -
2868    
2869     the instrument index number of the loaded instrument, "-1"
2870     if there's no instrument loaded for this sampler channel
2871    
2872     INSTRUMENT_NAME -
2873    
2874     the instrument name of the loaded instrument (note: since
2875     LSCP 1.2 this character string may contain escape sequences
2876     (Section 7.1))
2877    
2878     INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
2879    
2880     Integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress
2881     percentage for the instrument. Negative value indicates a
2882     loading exception (also returns "-1" in case no instrument
2883     was yet to be loaded on the sampler channel). Value of 100
2884     indicates that the instrument is fully loaded.
2885    
2886     MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
2887    
2888     numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is currently
2889     connected to this sampler channel to deliver MIDI input
2890     commands, "-1" if there's no device connected to this
2891     sampler channel
2892    
2893     MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
2894    
2895     port number of the MIDI input device (in case a MIDI device
2896     was already assigned to the sampler channel)
2897    
2898     MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
2899    
2900     the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel should
2901     listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels
2902    
2903     VOLUME -
2904    
2905     optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
2906     (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0
2907     means amplification)
2908    
2909    
2910    
2911     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 52]
2912    
2913     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2914    
2915    
2916     MUTE -
2917    
2918     Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
2919     channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
2920     "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
2921     presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when there
2922     are no solo channels left
2923    
2924     SOLO -
2925    
2926     Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if the
2927     channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
2928    
2929     MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
2930    
2931     Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler channel
2932     is assigned to. Read chapter "SET CHANNEL
2933     MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.4.27) for a list of possible
2934     values.
2935    
2936     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2937    
2938     Example:
2939    
2940     C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
2941    
2942     S: "ENGINE_NAME: gig"
2943    
2944     "VOLUME: 1.0"
2945    
2946     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
2947    
2948     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
2949    
2950     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"
2951    
2952     "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"
2953    
2954     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
2955    
2956     "INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"
2957    
2958     "INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"
2959    
2960     "MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"
2961    
2962     "MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"
2963    
2964    
2965    
2966    
2967     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 53]
2968    
2969     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
2970    
2971    
2972     "MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
2973    
2974     "VOLUME: 1.0"
2975    
2976     "MUTE: false"
2977    
2978     "SOLO: false"
2979    
2980     "MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
2981    
2982     "."
2983    
2984     6.4.11. Current number of active voices
2985    
2986     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
2987     sampler channel by sending the following command:
2988    
2989     GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT <sampler-channel>
2990    
2991     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
2992     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
2993     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
2994    
2995     Possible Answers:
2996    
2997     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active voices
2998     on that channel.
2999    
3000     Example:
3001    
3002    
3003    
3004     6.4.12. Current number of active disk streams
3005    
3006     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
3007     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
3008    
3009     GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT <sampler-channel>
3010    
3011     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number the front-end
3012     is interested in as returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
3013     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
3014    
3015     Possible Answers:
3016    
3017     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active disk
3018     streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
3019     streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
3020    
3021    
3022    
3023     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 54]
3024    
3025     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3026    
3027    
3028     return "NA" for not available.
3029    
3030     Example:
3031    
3032    
3033    
3034     6.4.13. Current fill state of disk stream buffers
3035    
3036     The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
3037     on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
3038    
3039     GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES <sampler-channel>
3040    
3041     to get the fill state in bytes or
3042    
3043     GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE <sampler-channel>
3044    
3045     to get the fill state in percent, where <sampler-channel> is the
3046     sampler channel number the front-end is interested in as returned by
3047     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3048     command.
3049    
3050     Possible Answers:
3051    
3052     LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
3053     string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
3054     channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
3055     "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
3056     doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
3057     will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
3058     numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
3059     percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
3060     the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
3061     to sort them by itself if necessary.
3062    
3063     Examples:
3064    
3065     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
3066    
3067     S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
3068    
3069     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
3070    
3071     S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"
3072    
3073     C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
3074    
3075    
3076    
3077    
3078    
3079     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 55]
3080    
3081     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3082    
3083    
3084     S: ""
3085    
3086     6.4.14. Setting audio output device
3087    
3088     The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
3089     channel by sending the following command:
3090    
3091     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE <sampler-channel>
3092     <audio-device-id>
3093    
3094     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3095     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3096     (Section 6.4.4) command and <audio-device-id> is the numerical ID of
3097     the audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
3098     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
3099     command.
3100    
3101     Possible Answers:
3102    
3103     "OK" -
3104    
3105     on success
3106    
3107     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3108    
3109     if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
3110     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3111     warning message
3112    
3113     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3114    
3115     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3116     error message
3117    
3118     Examples:
3119    
3120    
3121    
3122     6.4.15. Setting audio output type
3123    
3124     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR!
3125    
3126     The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
3127     channel by sending the following command:
3128    
3129     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE <sampler-channel> <audio-output-
3130     type>
3131    
3132    
3133    
3134    
3135     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 56]
3136    
3137     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3138    
3139    
3140     Where <audio-output-type> is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
3141     <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number.
3142    
3143     Possible Answers:
3144    
3145     "OK" -
3146    
3147     on success
3148    
3149     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3150    
3151     if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3152     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3153     message
3154    
3155     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3156    
3157     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3158     error message
3159    
3160     Examples:
3161    
3162    
3163    
3164     Deprecated:
3165    
3166     Should not be used anymore. This command is currently only
3167     preserved for backward compatibility.
3168    
3169     This command is a relict from times where there was no
3170     sophisticated driver management yet. Use "CREATE
3171     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.2.5) and "SET CHANNEL
3172     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.4.14) instead.
3173    
3174     6.4.16. Setting audio output channel
3175    
3176     The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
3177     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3178    
3179     SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-chan> <audio-out>
3180     <audio-in>
3181    
3182     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
3183     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3184     command, <audio-out> is the numerical ID of the sampler channel's
3185     audio output channel which should be rerouted and <audio-in> is the
3186     numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio output device
3187     where <audio-out> should be routed to.
3188    
3189    
3190    
3191     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 57]
3192    
3193     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3194    
3195    
3196     Possible Answers:
3197    
3198     "OK" -
3199    
3200     on success
3201    
3202     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3203    
3204     if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3205     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3206     warning message
3207    
3208     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3209    
3210     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3211     error message
3212    
3213     Examples:
3214    
3215    
3216    
3217     6.4.17. Add MIDI input to sampler channel
3218    
3219     The front-end can add a MIDI input on a specific sampler channel by
3220     sending the following command:
3221    
3222     ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT <sampler-channel> <midi-device-id> [<midi-
3223     input-port>]
3224    
3225     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3226     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3227     command and <midi-device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input
3228     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
3229     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command, and <midi-
3230     input-port> is an optional MIDI input port number of that MIDI input
3231     device. If <midi-input-port> is omitted, then the MIDI input
3232     device's first port (port number 0) is used.
3233    
3234     Possible Answers:
3235    
3236     "OK" -
3237    
3238     on success
3239    
3240     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3241    
3242     if MIDI input port was connected, but there are noteworthy
3243     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3244    
3245    
3246    
3247     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 58]
3248    
3249     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3250    
3251    
3252     warning message
3253    
3254     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3255    
3256     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3257     error message
3258    
3259     Examples:
3260    
3261     C: "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 0 0"
3262    
3263     S: "OK"
3264    
3265     C: "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 1 0"
3266    
3267     S: "OK"
3268    
3269     C: "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 1 1 1"
3270    
3271     S: "OK"
3272    
3273     C: "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 1 2 0"
3274    
3275     S: "OK"
3276    
3277     Since:
3278    
3279     Introduced with LSCP v1.6
3280    
3281     6.4.18. Remove MIDI input(s) from sampler channel
3282    
3283     The front-end can remove one ore more MIDI input(s) on a specific
3284     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3285    
3286     REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT <sampler-channel> [<midi-device-id>
3287     [<midi-input-port>]]
3288    
3289     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3290     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3291     command and <midi-device-id> and <midi-input-port> are optional
3292     numerical IDs defining the MIDI input device and one of its MIDI
3293     ports as returned by the "LIST CHANNEL MIDI_INPUTS" (Section 6.4.19)
3294     command.
3295    
3296     If <midi-input-port> is omitted, then all MIDI input ports of <midi-
3297     device-id> are disconnected from this sampler channel.
3298    
3299     If both, <midi-device-id> and <midi-input-port> are omitted, then all
3300    
3301    
3302    
3303     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 59]
3304    
3305     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3306    
3307    
3308     MIDI input ports currently connected to this sampler channel are
3309     disconnected from this sampler channel.
3310    
3311     Possible Answers:
3312    
3313     "OK" -
3314    
3315     on success
3316    
3317     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3318    
3319     if MIDI input porst were disconnected, but there are noteworthy
3320     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3321     warning message
3322    
3323     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3324    
3325     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3326     error message
3327    
3328     Examples:
3329    
3330     C: "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 0"
3331    
3332     S: "OK"
3333    
3334     C: "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 1"
3335    
3336     S: "OK"
3337    
3338     C: "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT 1 2 0"
3339    
3340     S: "OK"
3341    
3342     Since:
3343    
3344     Introduced with LSCP v1.6
3345    
3346     6.4.19. Getting all MIDI inputs of a sampler channel
3347    
3348     The front-end can query a list of all currently connected MIDI inputs
3349     of a certain sampler channel by sending the following command:
3350    
3351     LIST CHANNEL MIDI_INPUTS <sampler-channel>
3352    
3353     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3354     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3355     command.
3356    
3357    
3358    
3359     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 60]
3360    
3361     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3362    
3363    
3364     Possible Answers:
3365    
3366     The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of MIDI
3367     input device ID - MIDI input port number pairs, where each pair is
3368     encapsulated into curly braces. The list is returned in one
3369     single line. The MIDI input device ID corresponds to the number
3370     returned by "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) and the port
3371     number is the index of the respective MIDI port of that MIDI input
3372     device.
3373    
3374     Example:
3375    
3376     C: "LIST CHANNEL MIDI_INPUTS 0"
3377    
3378     S: "{0,0},{1,3},{2,0}"
3379    
3380     Since:
3381    
3382     Introduced with LSCP v1.6
3383    
3384     6.4.20. Setting MIDI input device
3385    
3386     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR!
3387    
3388     The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
3389     channel by sending the following command:
3390    
3391     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE <sampler-channel> <midi-device-id>
3392    
3393     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3394     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3395     command and <midi-device-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI input
3396     device as returned by the "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE" (Section 6.3.5)
3397     or "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.3.8) command.
3398    
3399     If more than 1 MIDI inputs are currently connected to this sampler
3400     channel: Sending this command will disconnect ALL currently connected
3401     MIDI input ports connected to this sampler channel before
3402     establishing the new MIDI input connection. So this command does NOT
3403     add the connection, it replaces all existing ones instead. This
3404     behavior is due to preserving full behavior backward compatibility.
3405    
3406     Possible Answers:
3407    
3408     "OK" -
3409    
3410     on success
3411    
3412    
3413    
3414    
3415     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 61]
3416    
3417     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3418    
3419    
3420     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3421    
3422     if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3423     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3424     message
3425    
3426     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3427    
3428     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3429     error message
3430    
3431     Examples:
3432    
3433    
3434    
3435     Deprecated:
3436    
3437     Should not be used anymore as of LSCP v1.6 and younger. This
3438     command is currently only preserved for backward compatibility.
3439    
3440     This command is a relict from times where only one MIDI input per
3441     sampler channel was allowed. Use "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT"
3442     (Section 6.4.17) and "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT" (Section 6.4.18)
3443     instead.
3444    
3445     6.4.21. Setting MIDI input type
3446    
3447     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR!
3448    
3449     The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
3450     channel by sending the following command:
3451    
3452     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE <sampler-channel> <midi-input-type>
3453    
3454     Where <midi-input-type> is currently only "ALSA" and <sampler-
3455     channel> is the respective sampler channel number.
3456    
3457     If more than 1 MIDI inputs are currently connected to this sampler
3458     channel: Sending this command will disconnect ALL currently connected
3459     MIDI input ports connected to this sampler channel before
3460     establishing the new MIDI input connection. So this command does NOT
3461     add the connection, it replaces all existing ones instead. This
3462     behavior is due to preserving full behavior backward compatibility.
3463    
3464     Possible Answers:
3465    
3466    
3467    
3468    
3469    
3470    
3471     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 62]
3472    
3473     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3474    
3475    
3476     "OK" -
3477    
3478     on success
3479    
3480     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3481    
3482     if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3483     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3484     message
3485    
3486     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3487    
3488     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3489     error message
3490    
3491     Examples:
3492    
3493    
3494    
3495     Deprecated:
3496    
3497     Should not be used anymore. This command is currently only
3498     preserved for backward compatibility.
3499    
3500     This command is a relict from times where only 1 MIDI input per
3501     sampler channels was allowed and where no sophisticated driver
3502     management existed yet. Use "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT"
3503     (Section 6.4.17) and "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT" (Section 6.4.18)
3504     instead.
3505    
3506     6.4.22. Setting MIDI input port
3507    
3508     DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR!
3509    
3510     The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
3511     channel by sending the following command:
3512    
3513     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT <sampler-channel> <midi-input-port>
3514    
3515     Where <midi-input-port> is a MIDI input port number of the MIDI input
3516     device connected to the sampler channel given by <sampler-channel>.
3517    
3518     If more than 1 MIDI inputs are currently connected to this sampler
3519     channel: Sending this command will switch the connection of the first
3520     (and only the first) MIDI input port currently being connected to
3521     this sampler channel, to another port of the same MIDI input device.
3522     Or in other words: the first MIDI input port currently connected to
3523     this sampler channel will be disconnected, and the requested other
3524    
3525    
3526    
3527     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 63]
3528    
3529     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3530    
3531    
3532     port of its MIDI input device will be connected to this sampler
3533     channel instead. This behavior is due to preserving full behavior
3534     backward compatibility.
3535    
3536     Possible Answers:
3537    
3538     "OK" -
3539    
3540     on success
3541    
3542     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3543    
3544     if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3545     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3546     message
3547    
3548     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3549    
3550     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3551     error message
3552    
3553     Examples:
3554    
3555    
3556    
3557     Deprecated:
3558    
3559     Should not be used anymore. This command is currently only
3560     preserved for backward compatibility.
3561    
3562     This command is a relict from times where only one MIDI input per
3563     sampler channel was allowed. Use "ADD CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT"
3564     (Section 6.4.17) and "REMOVE CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT" (Section 6.4.18)
3565     instead.
3566    
3567     6.4.23. Setting MIDI input channel
3568    
3569     The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
3570     listen to by sending the following command:
3571    
3572     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-channel> <midi-input-chan>
3573    
3574     Where <midi-input-chan> is the number of the new MIDI input channel
3575     (zero indexed!) where <sampler-channel> should listen to, or "ALL" to
3576     listen on all 16 MIDI channels.
3577    
3578     Possible Answers:
3579    
3580    
3581    
3582    
3583     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 64]
3584    
3585     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3586    
3587    
3588     "OK" -
3589    
3590     on success
3591    
3592     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3593    
3594     if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
3595     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3596     warning message
3597    
3598     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3599    
3600     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3601     error message
3602    
3603     Examples:
3604    
3605     C: "SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL 0 0"
3606    
3607     S: "OK"
3608    
3609     C: "SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL 1 ALL"
3610    
3611     S: "OK"
3612    
3613     6.4.24. Setting channel volume
3614    
3615     The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
3616     the following command:
3617    
3618     SET CHANNEL VOLUME <sampler-channel> <volume>
3619    
3620     Where <volume> is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
3621     smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than 1.0
3622     means amplification) and <sampler-channel> defines the sampler
3623     channel where this volume factor should be set.
3624    
3625     Possible Answers:
3626    
3627     "OK" -
3628    
3629     on success
3630    
3631     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3632    
3633     if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
3634     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
3635     message
3636    
3637    
3638    
3639     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 65]
3640    
3641     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3642    
3643    
3644     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3645    
3646     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3647     error message
3648    
3649     Examples:
3650    
3651    
3652    
3653     6.4.25. Muting a sampler channel
3654    
3655     The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler channel by sending
3656     the following command:
3657    
3658     SET CHANNEL MUTE <sampler-channel> <mute>
3659    
3660     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3661     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3662     (Section 6.4.4) command and <mute> should be replaced either by "1"
3663     to mute the channel or "0" to unmute the channel.
3664    
3665     Possible Answers:
3666    
3667     "OK" -
3668    
3669     on success
3670    
3671     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3672    
3673     if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
3674     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3675     warning message
3676    
3677     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3678    
3679     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3680     error message
3681    
3682     Examples:
3683    
3684    
3685    
3686     6.4.26. Soloing a sampler channel
3687    
3688     The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel by sending
3689     the following command:
3690    
3691    
3692    
3693    
3694    
3695     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 66]
3696    
3697     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3698    
3699    
3700     SET CHANNEL SOLO <sampler-channel> <solo>
3701    
3702     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3703     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3704     (Section 6.4.4) command and <solo> should be replaced either by "1"
3705     to solo the channel or "0" to unsolo the channel.
3706    
3707     Possible Answers:
3708    
3709     "OK" -
3710    
3711     on success
3712    
3713     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
3714    
3715     if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
3716     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
3717     warning message
3718    
3719     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3720    
3721     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3722     error message
3723    
3724     Examples:
3725    
3726    
3727    
3728     6.4.27. Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel
3729    
3730     The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler
3731     channel by sending the following command:
3732    
3733     SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <sampler-channel> <map>
3734    
3735     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3736     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3737     (Section 6.4.4) command and <map> can have the following
3738     possibilites:
3739    
3740     "NONE" -
3741    
3742     This is the default setting. In this case the sampler channel
3743     is not assigned any MIDI instrument map and thus will ignore
3744     all MIDI program change messages.
3745    
3746    
3747    
3748    
3749    
3750    
3751     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 67]
3752    
3753     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3754    
3755    
3756     "DEFAULT" -
3757    
3758     The sampler channel will always use the default MIDI instrument
3759     map to handle MIDI program change messages.
3760    
3761     numeric ID -
3762    
3763     You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map by replacing
3764     <map> with the respective numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map
3765     as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4)
3766     command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler channel
3767     would fall back to "NONE".
3768    
3769     Read chapter "MIDI Instrument Mapping" (Section 6.7) for details
3770     regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
3771    
3772     Possible Answers:
3773    
3774     "OK" -
3775    
3776     on success
3777    
3778     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3779    
3780     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3781     error message
3782    
3783     Examples:
3784    
3785    
3786    
3787     6.4.28. Adding an effect send to a sampler channel
3788    
3789     The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific
3790     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3791    
3792     CREATE FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <midi-ctrl> [<name>]
3793    
3794     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3795     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3796     (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel on which the
3797     effect send should be created on, <midi-ctrl> is a number between
3798     0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the effect send
3799     level and <name> is an optional argument defining a name for the
3800     effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique, but MUST be
3801     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
3802     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
3803     (Section 7.1)".
3804    
3805    
3806    
3807     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 68]
3808    
3809     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3810    
3811    
3812     By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio
3813     channels are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the
3814     sampler channel's audio output device, that way you can i.e. first
3815     increase the amount of audio channels on the audio output device for
3816     having dedicated effect send output channels and when "CREATE
3817     FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically be picked. You
3818     can alter the destination channels however with "SET FX_SEND
3819     AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.34).
3820    
3821     Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed,
3822     because having effect sends on a sampler channel will decrease
3823     runtime performance, because for implementing channel effect sends,
3824     separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render
3825     and mix the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the
3826     master outputs and effect send outputs (along with their respective
3827     effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect sends however
3828     can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio
3829     buffers and is thus faster.
3830    
3831     Possible Answers:
3832    
3833     "OK[<fx-send-id>]" -
3834    
3835     in case a new effect send could be added to the sampler
3836     channel, where <fx-send-id> reflects the unique ID of the newly
3837     created effect send entity
3838    
3839     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3840    
3841     when a new effect send could not be added, i.e. due to invalid
3842     parameters
3843    
3844     Examples:
3845    
3846     C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
3847    
3848     S: "OK[0]"
3849    
3850     C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
3851    
3852     S: "OK[1]"
3853    
3854     6.4.29. Removing an effect send from a sampler channel
3855    
3856     The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific
3857     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3858    
3859    
3860    
3861    
3862    
3863     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 69]
3864    
3865     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3866    
3867    
3868     DESTROY FX_SEND <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3869    
3870     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3871     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3872     (Section 6.4.4) command, that is the sampler channel from which the
3873     effect send should be removed from and <fx-send-id> is the respective
3874     effect send number as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND"
3875     (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command.
3876    
3877     Possible Answers:
3878    
3879     "OK" -
3880    
3881     on success
3882    
3883     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
3884    
3885     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3886     error message
3887    
3888     Example:
3889    
3890     C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
3891    
3892     S: "OK"
3893    
3894     6.4.30. Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel
3895    
3896     The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific
3897     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3898    
3899     GET FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3900    
3901     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3902     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3903     (Section 6.4.4) command.
3904    
3905     Possible Answers:
3906    
3907     The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect sends on
3908     the given sampler channel.
3909    
3910     Example:
3911    
3912     C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
3913    
3914     S: "2"
3915    
3916    
3917    
3918    
3919     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 70]
3920    
3921     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3922    
3923    
3924     6.4.31. Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel
3925    
3926     The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific
3927     sampler channel by sending the following command:
3928    
3929     LIST FX_SENDS <sampler-channel>
3930    
3931     Where <sampler-channel> is the respective sampler channel number as
3932     returned by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS"
3933     (Section 6.4.4) command.
3934    
3935     Possible Answers:
3936    
3937     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
3938     all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler channel.
3939    
3940     Examples:
3941    
3942     C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
3943    
3944     S: "0,1"
3945    
3946     C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
3947    
3948     S: ""
3949    
3950     6.4.32. Getting effect send information
3951    
3952     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send
3953     entity by sending the following command:
3954    
3955     GET FX_SEND INFO <sampler-channel> <fx-send-id>
3956    
3957     Where <sampler-channel> is the sampler channel number as returned by
3958     the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
3959     command and <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
3960     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
3961     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command.
3962    
3963     Possible Answers:
3964    
3965     The sampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
3966     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
3967     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
3968     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
3969     following categories are defined:
3970    
3971    
3972    
3973    
3974    
3975     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 71]
3976    
3977     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
3978    
3979    
3980    
3981    
3982     NAME -
3983    
3984     name of the effect send entity (note that this character
3985     string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
3986    
3987     MIDI_CONTROLLER -
3988    
3989     a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
3990     which is able to modify the effect send's send level
3991    
3992     LEVEL -
3993    
3994     optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
3995     current send level (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation
3996     and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
3997    
3998     AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3999    
4000     comma separated list which reflects to which audio channel
4001     of the selected audio output device each effect send output
4002     channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would mean the effect
4003     send's output channel 0 is routed to channel 0 of the audio
4004     output device and the effect send's output channel 1 is
4005     routed to the channel 3 of the audio output device (see "SET
4006     FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.34) for details),
4007     if an internal send effect is assigned to the effect send,
4008     then this setting defines the audio channel routing to that
4009     effect instance respectively
4010    
4011     EFFECT -
4012    
4013     destination send effect chain ID and destination effect
4014     chain position, separated by comma in the form "<effect-
4015     chain>,<chain-pos>" or "NONE" if there is no send effect
4016     assigned to the effect send
4017    
4018     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4019    
4020     Example:
4021    
4022     C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
4023    
4024     S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
4025    
4026     "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
4027    
4028    
4029    
4030    
4031     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 72]
4032    
4033     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4034    
4035    
4036     "LEVEL: 0.3"
4037    
4038     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
4039    
4040     "EFFECT: NONE"
4041    
4042     "."
4043    
4044     C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 1"
4045    
4046     S: "NAME: Delay Send (Internal)"
4047    
4048     "MIDI_CONTROLLER: 93"
4049    
4050     "LEVEL: 0.51"
4051    
4052     "AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 1,2"
4053    
4054     "EFFECT: 2,0"
4055    
4056     "."
4057    
4058     6.4.33. Changing effect send's name
4059    
4060     The front-end can alter the current name of an effect send entity by
4061     sending the following command:
4062    
4063     SET FX_SEND NAME <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <name>
4064    
4065     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4066     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4067     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4068     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4069     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command and <name> is the new name of the
4070     effect send entity, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
4071     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
4072     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4073     (Section 7.1)").
4074    
4075     Possible Answers:
4076    
4077     "OK" -
4078    
4079     on success
4080    
4081     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4082    
4083    
4084    
4085    
4086    
4087     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 73]
4088    
4089     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4090    
4091    
4092     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4093     error message
4094    
4095     Example:
4096    
4097     C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
4098    
4099     S: "OK"
4100    
4101     6.4.34. Altering effect send's audio routing
4102    
4103     The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio
4104     channel on a specific sampler channel by sending the following
4105     command:
4106    
4107     SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
4108     <audio-src> <audio-dst>
4109    
4110     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4111     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4112     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4113     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4114     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command, <audio-src> is the numerical ID
4115     of the effect send's audio channel which should be rerouted and
4116     <audio-dst> is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected
4117     audio output device where <audio-src> should be routed to. If an
4118     internal send effect is assigned to the effect send, then this
4119     setting defines the audio channel routing to that effect instance
4120     respectively.
4121    
4122     Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
4123     device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note
4124     that an effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio
4125     channels as its sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is
4126     stereo, the effect send does have two audio channels as well. Also
4127     keep in mind that the amount of audio channels on a sampler channel
4128     might be dependant not only to the deployed sampler engine on the
4129     sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument currently
4130     loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
4131     send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing
4132     appropriately.
4133    
4134     Possible Answers:
4135    
4136     "OK" -
4137    
4138     on success
4139    
4140    
4141    
4142    
4143     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 74]
4144    
4145     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4146    
4147    
4148     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4149    
4150     if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4151     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4152     warning message
4153    
4154     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4155    
4156     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4157     error message
4158    
4159     Example:
4160    
4161     C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
4162    
4163     S: "OK"
4164    
4165     6.4.35. Assigning destination effect to an effect send
4166    
4167     The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
4168     by sending the following command:
4169    
4170     SET FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <effect-chain>
4171     <chain-pos>
4172    
4173     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4174     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4175     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4176     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4177     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command, <effect-chain> by the numerical
4178     ID of the destination effect chain as returned by the "ADD
4179     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
4180     (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> reflects the exact effect
4181     chain position in the effect chain which hosts the actual destination
4182     effect.
4183    
4184     Possible Answers:
4185    
4186     "OK" -
4187    
4188     on success
4189    
4190     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4191    
4192     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4193     error message
4194    
4195     Example:
4196    
4197    
4198    
4199     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 75]
4200    
4201     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4202    
4203    
4204     C: "SET FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0 2 5"
4205    
4206     S: "OK"
4207    
4208     6.4.36. Removing destination effect from an effect send
4209    
4210     The front-end can (re-)assign a destination effect to an effect send
4211     by sending the following command:
4212    
4213     REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id>
4214    
4215     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4216     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4217     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4218     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4219     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command.
4220    
4221     After the destination effect has been removed from the effect send,
4222     the audio signal of the effect send will be routed directly to the
4223     audio output device, according to the audio channel routing setting
4224     of the effect send.
4225    
4226     Possible Answers:
4227    
4228     "OK" -
4229    
4230     on success
4231    
4232     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4233    
4234     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4235     error message
4236    
4237     Example:
4238    
4239     C: "REMOVE FX_SEND EFFECT 0 0"
4240    
4241     S: "OK"
4242    
4243     6.4.37. Altering effect send's MIDI controller
4244    
4245     The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect send entity
4246     by sending the following command:
4247    
4248     SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <midi-
4249     ctrl>
4250    
4251     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4252    
4253    
4254    
4255     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 76]
4256    
4257     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4258    
4259    
4260     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4261     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4262     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4263     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command and <midi-ctrl> reflects the MIDI
4264     controller which shall be able to modify the effect send's send
4265     level.
4266    
4267     Possible Answers:
4268    
4269     "OK" -
4270    
4271     on success
4272    
4273     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4274    
4275     if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4276     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4277     message
4278    
4279     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4280    
4281     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4282     error message
4283    
4284     Example:
4285    
4286     C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
4287    
4288     S: "OK"
4289    
4290     6.4.38. Altering effect send's send level
4291    
4292     The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect send
4293     entity by sending the following command:
4294    
4295     SET FX_SEND LEVEL <sampler-chan> <fx-send-id> <volume>
4296    
4297     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4298     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4299     command, <fx-send-id> reflects the numerical ID of the effect send
4300     entity as returned by the "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28) or "LIST
4301     FX_SENDS" (Section 6.4.31) command and <volume> is an optionally
4302     dotted positive number (a value smaller than 1.0 means attenuation,
4303     whereas a value greater than 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the
4304     new send level.
4305    
4306     Possible Answers:
4307    
4308    
4309    
4310    
4311     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 77]
4312    
4313     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4314    
4315    
4316     "OK" -
4317    
4318     on success
4319    
4320     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4321    
4322     if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4323     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4324     message
4325    
4326     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4327    
4328     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4329     error message
4330    
4331     Example:
4332    
4333     C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
4334    
4335     S: "OK"
4336    
4337     6.4.39. Sending MIDI messages to sampler channel
4338    
4339     The front-end can send MIDI events to a specific sampler channel by
4340     sending the following command:
4341    
4342     SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA <midi-msg> <sampler-chan> <arg1> <arg2>
4343    
4344     Where <sampler-chan> is the sampler channel number as returned by the
4345     "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4)
4346     command, <arg1> and <arg2> arguments depend on the <midi-msg>
4347     argument, which specifies the MIDI message type. Currently, the
4348     following MIDI messages are supported:
4349    
4350     "NOTE_ON" -
4351    
4352     For turning on MIDI notes, where <arg1> specifies the key
4353     number and <arg2> the velocity as described in the MIDI
4354     specification.
4355    
4356     "NOTE_OFF" -
4357    
4358     For turning a currently playing MIDI note off, where <arg1>
4359     specifies the key number and <arg2> the velocity as described
4360     in the MIDI specification.
4361    
4362    
4363    
4364    
4365    
4366    
4367     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 78]
4368    
4369     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4370    
4371    
4372     "CC" -
4373    
4374     For changing a MIDI controller, where <arg1> specifies the
4375     controller number and <arg2> the new value of the controller as
4376     described in the Control Change section of the MIDI
4377     specification.
4378    
4379     CAUTION: This command is provided for implementations of virtual MIDI
4380     keyboards and no realtime guarantee whatsoever will be made!
4381    
4382     Possible Answers:
4383    
4384     "OK" -
4385    
4386     on success
4387    
4388     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4389    
4390     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4391     error message
4392    
4393     Example:
4394    
4395     C: "SEND CHANNEL MIDI_DATA NOTE_ON 0 56 112"
4396    
4397     S: "OK"
4398    
4399     6.4.40. Resetting a sampler channel
4400    
4401     The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the
4402     following command:
4403    
4404     RESET CHANNEL <sampler-channel>
4405    
4406     Where <sampler-channel> defines the sampler channel to be reset.
4407     This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
4408     eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
4409     reset.
4410    
4411     Possible Answers:
4412    
4413     "OK" -
4414    
4415     on success
4416    
4417     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4418    
4419    
4420    
4421    
4422    
4423     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 79]
4424    
4425     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4426    
4427    
4428     if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4429     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4430     message
4431    
4432     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4433    
4434     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4435     error message
4436    
4437     Examples:
4438    
4439    
4440    
4441     6.5. Controlling connection
4442    
4443     The following commands are used to control the connection to
4444     LinuxSampler.
4445    
4446     6.5.1. Register front-end for receiving event messages
4447    
4448     The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
4449     be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
4450    
4451     SUBSCRIBE <event-id>
4452    
4453     where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
4454     wants to subscribe to.
4455    
4456     Possible Answers:
4457    
4458     "OK" -
4459    
4460     on success
4461    
4462     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4463    
4464     if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4465     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4466     message
4467    
4468     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4469    
4470     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4471     error message
4472    
4473     Examples:
4474    
4475    
4476    
4477    
4478    
4479     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 80]
4480    
4481     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4482    
4483    
4484    
4485    
4486     6.5.2. Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages
4487    
4488     The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive
4489     event messages anymore by sending the following command:
4490    
4491     UNSUBSCRIBE <event-id>
4492    
4493     Where <event-id> will be replaced by the respective event that client
4494     doesn't want to receive anymore.
4495    
4496     Possible Answers:
4497    
4498     "OK" -
4499    
4500     on success
4501    
4502     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4503    
4504     if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4505     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4506     message
4507    
4508     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4509    
4510     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4511     error message
4512    
4513     Examples:
4514    
4515    
4516    
4517     6.5.3. Enable or disable echo of commands
4518    
4519     To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the
4520     following command can be used:
4521    
4522     SET ECHO <value>
4523    
4524     Where <value> should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode or
4525     "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all commands
4526     send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and after this
4527     echo the actual response to the command will be returned. Echo mode
4528     will only be altered for the client connection that issued the "SET
4529     ECHO" command, not globally for all client connections.
4530    
4531     Possible Answers:
4532    
4533    
4534    
4535     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 81]
4536    
4537     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4538    
4539    
4540     "OK" -
4541    
4542     usually
4543    
4544     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4545    
4546     on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value
4547    
4548     Examples:
4549    
4550    
4551    
4552     6.5.4. Close client connection
4553    
4554     The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by
4555     sending the following command:
4556    
4557     QUIT
4558    
4559     This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
4560     LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
4561    
4562     6.6. Global commands
4563    
4564     The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
4565    
4566     6.6.1. Current number of active voices
4567    
4568     The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on the
4569     sampler by sending the following command:
4570    
4571     GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
4572    
4573     Possible Answers:
4574    
4575     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4576     voices on the sampler.
4577    
4578     6.6.2. Maximum amount of active voices
4579    
4580     The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices by
4581     sending the following command:
4582    
4583     GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
4584    
4585     Possible Answers:
4586    
4587    
4588    
4589    
4590    
4591     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 82]
4592    
4593     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4594    
4595    
4596     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number of active
4597     voices.
4598    
4599     6.6.3. Current number of active disk streams
4600    
4601     The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4602     on the sampler by sending the following command:
4603    
4604     GET TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
4605    
4606     Possible Answers:
4607    
4608     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
4609     disk streams on the sampler.
4610    
4611     6.6.4. Reset sampler
4612    
4613     The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following
4614     command:
4615    
4616     RESET
4617    
4618     Possible Answers:
4619    
4620     "OK" -
4621    
4622     always
4623    
4624     Examples:
4625    
4626    
4627    
4628     6.6.5. General sampler informations
4629    
4630     The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
4631     instance by sending the following command:
4632    
4633     GET SERVER INFO
4634    
4635     Possible Answers:
4636    
4637     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
4638     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
4639     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
4640     character string to that information category. At the moment the
4641     following categories are defined:
4642    
4643    
4644    
4645    
4646    
4647     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 83]
4648    
4649     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4650    
4651    
4652    
4653    
4654     DESCRIPTION -
4655    
4656     arbitrary textual description about the sampler (note that
4657     the character string may contain escape sequences
4658     (Section 7.1))
4659    
4660     VERSION -
4661    
4662     version of the sampler
4663    
4664     PROTOCOL_VERSION -
4665    
4666     version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with
4667     (see Section 2 for details)
4668    
4669     INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
4670    
4671     either yes or no, specifies whether the sampler is build
4672     with instruments database support.
4673    
4674     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4675     Other fields might be added in future.
4676    
4677     Example:
4678    
4679     C: "GET SERVER INFO"
4680    
4681     S: "DESCRIPTION: LinuxSampler - modular, streaming capable
4682     sampler"
4683    
4684     "VERSION: 1.0.0.svn23"
4685    
4686     "PROTOCOL_VERSION: 1.5"
4687    
4688     "INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT: no"
4689    
4690     "."
4691    
4692     6.6.6. Getting global volume attenuation
4693    
4694     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
4695     attenuation by sending the following command:
4696    
4697     GET VOLUME
4698    
4699     Possible Answers:
4700    
4701    
4702    
4703     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 84]
4704    
4705     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4706    
4707    
4708     The sampler will always answer by returning the optional dotted
4709     floating point coefficient, reflecting the current global volume
4710     attenuation.
4711    
4712     Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey that
4713     global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD use
4714     this parameter.
4715    
4716     6.6.7. Setting global volume attenuation
4717    
4718     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
4719     attenuation by sending the following command:
4720    
4721     SET VOLUME <volume>
4722    
4723     Where <volume> should be replaced by the optional dotted floating
4724     point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter. This value
4725     might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that is for
4726     attenuating the overall volume.
4727    
4728     Possible Answers:
4729    
4730     "OK" -
4731    
4732     on success
4733    
4734     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4735    
4736     if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4737     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4738     message
4739    
4740     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4741    
4742     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4743     error message
4744    
4745     6.6.8. Getting global voice limit
4746    
4747     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4748     maximum voices by sending the following command:
4749    
4750     GET VOICES
4751    
4752     Possible Answers:
4753    
4754    
4755    
4756    
4757    
4758    
4759     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 85]
4760    
4761     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4762    
4763    
4764     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4765     limit of maximum voices.
4766    
4767     The voice limit setting defines how many voices should maximum be
4768     processed by the sampler at the same time. If the user triggers new
4769     notes which would exceed that voice limit, the sampler engine will
4770     react by stealing old voices for those newly triggered notes. Note
4771     that the amount of voices triggered by a new note can be larger than
4772     one and is dependent to the respective instrument and probably
4773     further criterias.
4774    
4775     6.6.9. Setting global voice limit
4776    
4777     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4778     maximum voices by sending the following command:
4779    
4780     SET VOICES <max-voices>
4781    
4782     Where <max-voices> should be replaced by the integer value,
4783     reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum voices. This value
4784     has to be larger than 0.
4785    
4786     Possible Answers:
4787    
4788     "OK" -
4789    
4790     on success
4791    
4792     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4793    
4794     if the voice limit was set, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
4795     related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
4796     message
4797    
4798     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4799    
4800     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4801     error message
4802    
4803     Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4804     The total amount of maximum voices on the running system might thus
4805     be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4806     engine instances.
4807    
4808     Caution: when adjusting the voice limit, you SHOULD also adjust the
4809     disk stream limit respectively and vice versa.
4810    
4811    
4812    
4813    
4814    
4815     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 86]
4816    
4817     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4818    
4819    
4820     6.6.10. Getting global disk stream limit
4821    
4822     The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide limit for
4823     maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4824    
4825     GET STREAMS
4826    
4827     Possible Answers:
4828    
4829     LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number for the current
4830     limit of maximum disk streams.
4831    
4832     The disk stream limit setting defines how many disk streams should
4833     maximum be processed by a sampler engine at the same time. The
4834     higher this value, the more memory (RAM) will be occupied, since
4835     every disk streams allocates a certain buffer size for being able to
4836     perform its streaming operations.
4837    
4838     6.6.11. Setting global disk stream limit
4839    
4840     The client can alter the current global sampler-wide limit for
4841     maximum disk streams by sending the following command:
4842    
4843     SET STREAMS <max-streams>
4844    
4845     Where <max-streams> should be replaced by the integer value,
4846     reflecting the new global amount limit of maximum disk streams. This
4847     value has to be positive.
4848    
4849     Possible Answers:
4850    
4851     "OK" -
4852    
4853     on success
4854    
4855     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
4856    
4857     if the disk stream limit was set, but there are noteworthy
4858     issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4859     warning message
4860    
4861     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4862    
4863     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
4864     error message
4865    
4866     Note: the given value will be passed to all sampler engine instances.
4867     The total amount of maximum disk streams on the running system might
4868    
4869    
4870    
4871     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 87]
4872    
4873     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4874    
4875    
4876     thus be as big as the given value multiplied by the current amount of
4877     engine instances.
4878    
4879     Caution: when adjusting the disk stream limit, you SHOULD also adjust
4880     the voice limit respectively and vice versa.
4881    
4882     6.7. MIDI Instrument Mapping
4883    
4884     The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments by
4885     sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change messages
4886     which are essentially just numbers. The following commands allow to
4887     actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change numbers with
4888     real instruments.
4889    
4890     The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI instrument
4891     maps which define which instrument to load on which MIDI program
4892     change message.
4893    
4894     By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no map,
4895     thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change messages. The
4896     front-end has to explicitly create at least one map, add entries to
4897     the map and tell the respective sampler channel(s) which MIDI
4898     instrument map to use, so the sampler knows how to react on a given
4899     program change message on the respective sampler channel, that is by
4900     switching to the respectively defined engine type and loading the
4901     respective instrument. See command "SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4902     (Section 6.4.27) for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler
4903     channel.
4904    
4905     Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not cause
4906     to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a bank
4907     select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent program
4908     change message (which may occur at any time) will finally cause the
4909     sampler to switch to the respective instrument as reflected by the
4910     current MIDI instrument map.
4911    
4912     6.7.1. Create a new MIDI instrument map
4913    
4914     The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending the
4915     following command:
4916    
4917     ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [<name>]
4918    
4919     Where <name> is an optional argument allowing to assign a custom name
4920     to the new map. MIDI instrument Map names do not have to be unique,
4921     but MUST be encapsulated into apostrophes and support escape
4922     sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
4923     (Section 7.1)".
4924    
4925    
4926    
4927     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 88]
4928    
4929     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4930    
4931    
4932     Possible Answers:
4933    
4934     "OK[<map>]" -
4935    
4936     in case a new MIDI instrument map could be added, where <map>
4937     reflects the unique ID of the newly created MIDI instrument map
4938    
4939     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4940    
4941     when a new map could not be created, which might never occur in
4942     practice
4943    
4944     Examples:
4945    
4946     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
4947    
4948     S: "OK[0]"
4949    
4950     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
4951    
4952     S: "OK[1]"
4953    
4954     C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
4955    
4956     S: "OK[5]"
4957    
4958     6.7.2. Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps
4959    
4960     The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map by sending
4961     the following command:
4962    
4963     REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP <map>
4964    
4965     Where <map> reflects the unique ID of the map to delete as returned
4966     by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS" (Section 6.7.4) command.
4967    
4968     The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by sending the
4969     following command:
4970    
4971     REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
4972    
4973     Possible Answers:
4974    
4975     "OK" -
4976    
4977     in case the map(s) could be deleted
4978    
4979    
4980    
4981    
4982    
4983     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 89]
4984    
4985     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
4986    
4987    
4988     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
4989    
4990     when the given map does not exist
4991    
4992     Examples:
4993    
4994     C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
4995    
4996     S: "OK"
4997    
4998     C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
4999    
5000     S: "OK"
5001    
5002     6.7.3. Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps
5003    
5004     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI instrument maps
5005     by sending the following command:
5006    
5007     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
5008    
5009     Possible Answers:
5010    
5011     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of MIDI
5012     instrument maps.
5013    
5014     Example:
5015    
5016     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
5017    
5018     S: "2"
5019    
5020     6.7.4. Getting all created MIDI instrument maps
5021    
5022     The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
5023     current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
5024     following command:
5025    
5026     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
5027    
5028     Possible Answers:
5029    
5030     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
5031     all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
5032    
5033     Example:
5034    
5035    
5036    
5037    
5038    
5039     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 90]
5040    
5041     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5042    
5043    
5044     C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
5045    
5046     S: "0,1,5,12"
5047    
5048     6.7.5. Getting MIDI instrument map information
5049    
5050     The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI instrument
5051     map by sending the following command:
5052    
5053     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO <map>
5054    
5055     Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map the front-end is
5056     interested in as returned by the "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
5057     (Section 6.7.4) command.
5058    
5059     Possible Answers:
5060    
5061     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5062     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5063     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5064     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
5065     following categories are defined:
5066    
5067    
5068    
5069     NAME -
5070    
5071     custom name of the given map, which does not have to be
5072     unique (note that this character string may contain escape
5073     sequences (Section 7.1))
5074    
5075     DEFAULT -
5076    
5077     either true or false, defines whether this map is the
5078     default map
5079    
5080     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5081    
5082     Example:
5083    
5084     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
5085    
5086     S: "NAME: Standard Map"
5087    
5088     "DEFAULT: true"
5089    
5090     "."
5091    
5092    
5093    
5094    
5095     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 91]
5096    
5097     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5098    
5099    
5100     6.7.6. Renaming a MIDI instrument map
5101    
5102     The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI instrument map by
5103     sending the following command:
5104    
5105     SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME <map> <name>
5106    
5107     Where <map> is the numerical ID of the map and <name> the new custom
5108     name of the map, which does not have to be unique (name MUST be
5109     encapsulated into apostrophes and supports escape sequences as
5110     described in chapter "Character Set and Escape Sequences
5111     (Section 7.1)").
5112    
5113     Possible Answers:
5114    
5115     "OK" -
5116    
5117     on success
5118    
5119     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5120    
5121     in case the given map does not exist
5122    
5123     Example:
5124    
5125     C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
5126    
5127     S: "OK"
5128    
5129     6.7.7. Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry
5130    
5131     The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry in a
5132     sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5133    
5134     MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5135     <engine_name> <filename> <instrument_index> <volume_value>
5136     [<instr_load_mode>] [<name>]
5137    
5138     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to alter, <midi_bank> is an
5139     integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
5140     <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
5141     program change index, <engine_name> a sampler engine name as returned
5142     by the "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES" (Section 6.4.8) command (not
5143     encapsulated into apostrophes), <filename> the name of the
5144     instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5145     supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
5146     and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)"), <instrument_index> the index
5147     (integer value) of the instrument within the given file,
5148    
5149    
5150    
5151     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 92]
5152    
5153     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5154    
5155    
5156     <volume_value> reflects the master volume of the instrument as
5157     optionally dotted number (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a
5158     value > 1.0 means amplification). This parameter easily allows to
5159     adjust the volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
5160     without having to adjust their instrument files. The OPTIONAL
5161     <instr_load_mode> argument defines the life time of the instrument,
5162     that is when the instrument should be loaded, when freed and has
5163     exactly the following possibilities:
5164    
5165     "ON_DEMAND" -
5166    
5167     The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
5168     demanded by at least one sampler channel. It will immediately
5169     be freed from memory when not needed by any sampler channel
5170     anymore.
5171    
5172     "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
5173    
5174     The instrument will be loaded when needed, that is when
5175     demanded by at least one sampler channel. It will be kept in
5176     memory even when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
5177     Instruments with this mode are only freed when the sampler is
5178     reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and respective
5179     instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no
5180     sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
5181    
5182     "PERSISTENT" -
5183    
5184     The instrument will immediately be loaded into memory when this
5185     mapping command is sent and the instrument is kept all the
5186     time. Instruments with this mode are only freed when the
5187     sampler is reset or all mapping entries with this mode (and
5188     respective instrument) are explicitly changed to "ON_DEMAND"
5189     and no sampler channel is using the instrument anymore.
5190    
5191     not supplied -
5192    
5193     In case there is no <instr_load_mode> argument given, it will
5194     be up to the InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
5195     Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry for the given
5196     instrument does not exist in the InstrumentManager's list yet,
5197     otherwise if an entry already exists, it will simply stick with
5198     the mode currently reflected by the already existing entry,
5199     that is it will not change the mode.
5200    
5201     The <instr_load_mode> argument thus allows to define an appropriate
5202     strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast instrument switching) for
5203     each instrument individually. Note, the following restrictions apply
5204    
5205    
5206    
5207     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 93]
5208    
5209     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5210    
5211    
5212     to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and "PERSISTENT" have to be
5213     supported by the respective sampler engine (which is technically the
5214     case when the engine provides an InstrumentManager for its format).
5215     If this is not the case the argument will automatically fall back to
5216     the default value "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument
5217     may automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
5218     because the instruments are part of the same file and the engine does
5219     not allow a way to manage load modes for them individually. Due to
5220     this, in case the frontend shows the load modes of entries, the
5221     frontend should retrieve the actual mode by i.e. sending "GET
5222     MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11) command(s). Finally the
5223     OPTIONAL <name> argument allows to set a custom name (encapsulated
5224     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5225     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") for the mapping
5226     entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
5227     mapped instruments (using "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
5228     (Section 6.7.11)).
5229    
5230     By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
5231     completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL"
5232     argument however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command
5233     to return immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the
5234     mapping in the background. So this argument might be especially
5235     useful for mappings with a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to
5236     load the respective instruments immediately and might thus block for
5237     a very long time. It is recommended however to use the OPTIONAL
5238     "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary, because it has the
5239     following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return immediately,
5240     they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
5241     instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent
5242     commands in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory
5243     mappings are not yet completed.
5244    
5245     Possible Answers:
5246    
5247     "OK" -
5248    
5249     usually
5250    
5251     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5252    
5253     when the given map or engine does not exist or a value is out
5254     of range
5255    
5256     Examples:
5257    
5258    
5259    
5260    
5261    
5262    
5263     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 94]
5264    
5265     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5266    
5267    
5268     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0
5269     0.8 PERSISTENT"
5270    
5271     S: "OK"
5272    
5273     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7
5274     1.0"
5275    
5276     S: "OK"
5277    
5278     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0
5279     'Normal Piano'"
5280    
5281     S: "OK"
5282    
5283     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25
5284     'Silent Piano'"
5285    
5286     S: "OK"
5287    
5288     C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/
5289     foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
5290    
5291     S: "OK"
5292    
5293     6.7.8. Getting amount of MIDI instrument map entries
5294    
5295     The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in a
5296     MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5297    
5298     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5299    
5300     The front-end can query the amount of currently existing entries in
5301     all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5302    
5303     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5304    
5305     Possible Answers:
5306    
5307     The sampler will answer by sending the current number of entries
5308     in the MIDI instrument map(s).
5309    
5310     Example:
5311    
5312     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5313    
5314     S: "234"
5315    
5316    
5317    
5318    
5319     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 95]
5320    
5321     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5322    
5323    
5324     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5325    
5326     S: "954"
5327    
5328     6.7.9. Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map
5329    
5330     The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries in a
5331     certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following command:
5332    
5333     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5334    
5335     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
5336    
5337     The front-end can query a list of all currently existing entries of
5338     all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following command:
5339    
5340     LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5341    
5342     Possible Answers:
5343    
5344     The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated list of map
5345     ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where each triple is
5346     encapsulated into curly braces. The list is returned in one
5347     single line. Each triple just reflects the key of the respective
5348     map entry, thus subsequent "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"
5349     (Section 6.7.11) command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed
5350     informations about each entry.
5351    
5352     Example:
5353    
5354     C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5355    
5356     S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
5357    
5358     6.7.10. Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map
5359    
5360     The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument map by
5361     sending the following command:
5362    
5363     UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5364    
5365     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5366     is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value
5367     and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI
5368     program value of the map's entrie's key index triple.
5369    
5370     Possible Answers:
5371    
5372    
5373    
5374    
5375     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 96]
5376    
5377     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5378    
5379    
5380     "OK" -
5381    
5382     usually
5383    
5384     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5385    
5386     when index out of bounds
5387    
5388     Example:
5389    
5390     C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
5391    
5392     S: "OK"
5393    
5394     6.7.11. Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry
5395    
5396     The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
5397     instrument map entry by sending the following command:
5398    
5399     GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO <map> <midi_bank> <midi_prog>
5400    
5401     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map, <midi_bank>
5402     is an integer value between 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank value,
5403     <midi_bank> and <midi_prog> an integer value between 0..127
5404     reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key index
5405     triple.
5406    
5407     Possible Answers:
5408    
5409     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5410     answer line begins with the information category name followed by
5411     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5412     character string to that info category. At the moment the
5413     following categories are defined:
5414    
5415     "NAME" -
5416    
5417     Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined). This
5418     name shall be used by frontends for displaying a name for this
5419     mapped instrument. It can be set and changed with the "MAP
5420     MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7) command and does not have to
5421     be unique. (note that this character string may contain escape
5422     sequences (Section 7.1))
5423    
5424     "ENGINE_NAME" -
5425    
5426     Name of the engine to be deployed for this instrument.
5427    
5428    
5429    
5430    
5431     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 97]
5432    
5433     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5434    
5435    
5436     "INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
5437    
5438     File name of the instrument (note that this path may contain
5439     escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5440    
5441     "INSTRUMENT_NR" -
5442    
5443     Index of the instrument within the file.
5444    
5445     "INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
5446    
5447     Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file. In
5448     contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
5449     cannot be changed (note that this character string may contain
5450     escape sequences (Section 7.1)).
5451    
5452     "LOAD_MODE" -
5453    
5454     Life time of instrument (see "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"
5455     (Section 6.7.7) for details about this setting).
5456    
5457     "VOLUME" -
5458    
5459     master volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number
5460     (where a value < 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
5461     amplification)
5462    
5463     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5464    
5465     Example:
5466    
5467     C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
5468    
5469     S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
5470    
5471     "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
5472    
5473     "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
5474    
5475     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
5476    
5477     "INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
5478    
5479     "LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
5480    
5481     "VOLUME: 1.0"
5482    
5483    
5484    
5485    
5486    
5487     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 98]
5488    
5489     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5490    
5491    
5492     "."
5493    
5494     6.7.12. Clear MIDI instrument map
5495    
5496     The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that is delete
5497     all its entries by sending the following command:
5498    
5499     CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS <map>
5500    
5501     Where <map> is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
5502    
5503     The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that is delete all
5504     entries of all maps by sending the following command:
5505    
5506     CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
5507    
5508     The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the maps,
5509     only their entries, thus the map's settings like custom name will be
5510     preservevd.
5511    
5512     Possible Answers:
5513    
5514     "OK" -
5515    
5516     always
5517    
5518     Examples:
5519    
5520     C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
5521    
5522     S: "OK"
5523    
5524     C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
5525    
5526     S: "OK"
5527    
5528     6.8. Managing Instruments Database
5529    
5530     The following commands describe how to use and manage the instruments
5531     database.
5532    
5533     Notice:
5534    
5535     All command arguments representing a path or instrument/directory
5536     name support escape sequences as described in chapter "Character
5537     Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)".
5538    
5539    
5540    
5541    
5542    
5543     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 99]
5544    
5545     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5546    
5547    
5548     All occurrences of a forward slash in instrument and directory
5549     names are escaped with its hex (\x2f) or octal (\057) escape
5550     sequence.
5551    
5552     6.8.1. Creating a new instrument directory
5553    
5554     The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the instruments
5555     database by sending the following command:
5556    
5557     ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir>
5558    
5559     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to be created
5560     (encapsulated into apostrophes).
5561    
5562     Possible Answers:
5563    
5564     "OK" -
5565    
5566     on success
5567    
5568     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5569    
5570     when the directory could not be created, which can happen if
5571     the directory already exists or the name contains not allowed
5572     symbols
5573    
5574     Examples:
5575    
5576     C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
5577    
5578     S: "OK"
5579    
5580     6.8.2. Deleting an instrument directory
5581    
5582     The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory from the
5583     instruments database by sending the following command:
5584    
5585     REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] <dir>
5586    
5587     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to delete.
5588     The optional FORCE argument can be used to force the deletion of a
5589     non-empty directory and all its content.
5590    
5591     Possible Answers:
5592    
5593     "OK" -
5594    
5595    
5596    
5597    
5598    
5599     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 100]
5600    
5601     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5602    
5603    
5604     if the directory is deleted successfully
5605    
5606     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5607    
5608     if the given directory does not exist, or if trying to delete a
5609     non-empty directory, without using the FORCE argument.
5610    
5611     Examples:
5612    
5613     C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
5614    
5615     S: "OK"
5616    
5617     6.8.3. Getting amount of instrument directories
5618    
5619     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of directories in a
5620     specific directory by sending the following command:
5621    
5622     GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5623    
5624     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5625     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all directories,
5626     including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
5627     will be returned.
5628    
5629     Possible Answers:
5630    
5631     The current number of instrument directories in the specified
5632     directory.
5633    
5634     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5635    
5636     if the given directory does not exist.
5637    
5638     Example:
5639    
5640     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5641    
5642     S: "2"
5643    
5644     6.8.4. Listing all directories in specific directory
5645    
5646     The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories in
5647     specific directory by sending the following command:
5648    
5649     LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] <dir>
5650    
5651     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5652    
5653    
5654    
5655     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 101]
5656    
5657     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5658    
5659    
5660     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
5661     directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
5662     specified directory, will be returned.
5663    
5664     Possible Answers:
5665    
5666     A comma separated list of all instrument directories (encapsulated
5667     into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
5668    
5669     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5670    
5671     if the given directory does not exist.
5672    
5673     Example:
5674    
5675     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
5676    
5677     S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
5678    
5679     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"
5680    
5681     S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano
5682     Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"
5683    
5684     6.8.5. Getting instrument directory information
5685    
5686     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument
5687     directory by sending the following command:
5688    
5689     GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO <dir>
5690    
5691     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5692     directory the front-end is interested in.
5693    
5694     Possible Answers:
5695    
5696     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
5697     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
5698     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
5699     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
5700     following categories are defined:
5701    
5702    
5703    
5704     DESCRIPTION -
5705    
5706     A brief description of the directory content. Note that the
5707     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
5708    
5709    
5710    
5711     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 102]
5712    
5713     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5714    
5715    
5716     CREATED -
5717    
5718     The creation date and time of the directory, represented in
5719     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5720    
5721     MODIFIED -
5722    
5723     The date and time of the last modification of the directory,
5724     represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
5725    
5726     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5727    
5728     Example:
5729    
5730     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
5731    
5732     S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler
5733     format."
5734    
5735     "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
5736    
5737     "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
5738    
5739     "."
5740    
5741     6.8.6. Renaming an instrument directory
5742    
5743     The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument directory
5744     by sending the following command:
5745    
5746     SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME <dir> <name>
5747    
5748     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <name> is
5749     the new name for that directory.
5750    
5751     Possible Answers:
5752    
5753     "OK" -
5754    
5755     on success
5756    
5757     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5758    
5759     in case the given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5760     with name equal to the new name already exists.
5761    
5762     Example:
5763    
5764    
5765    
5766    
5767     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 103]
5768    
5769     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5770    
5771    
5772     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic'
5773     'Acoustic'"
5774    
5775     S: "OK"
5776    
5777     6.8.7. Moving an instrument directory
5778    
5779     The front-end can move a specific instrument directory by sending the
5780     following command:
5781    
5782     MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5783    
5784     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to move and
5785     <dst> is the location where the directory will be moved to.
5786    
5787     Possible Answers:
5788    
5789     "OK" -
5790    
5791     on success
5792    
5793     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5794    
5795     in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5796     with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5797     exists in the destination directory. Error is also thrown when
5798     trying to move a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5799    
5800     Example:
5801    
5802     C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/
5803     Acoustic'"
5804    
5805     S: "OK"
5806    
5807     6.8.8. Copying instrument directories
5808    
5809     The front-end can copy a specific instrument directory by sending the
5810     following command:
5811    
5812     COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY <dir> <dst>
5813    
5814     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory to copy and
5815     <dst> is the location where the directory will be copied to.
5816    
5817     Possible Answers:
5818    
5819    
5820    
5821    
5822    
5823     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 104]
5824    
5825     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5826    
5827    
5828     "OK" -
5829    
5830     on success
5831    
5832     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5833    
5834     in case a given directory does not exists, or if a directory
5835     with name equal to the name of the specified directory already
5836     exists in the destination directory. Error is also thrown when
5837     trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory of itself.
5838    
5839     Example:
5840    
5841     C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'
5842     '/Acoustic/Pianos'"
5843    
5844     S: "OK"
5845    
5846     6.8.9. Changing the description of directory
5847    
5848     The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument
5849     directory by sending the following command:
5850    
5851     SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION <dir> <desc>
5852    
5853     Where <dir> is the absolute path name of the directory and <desc> is
5854     the new description for the directory (encapsulated into apostrophes,
5855     supporting escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set
5856     and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5857    
5858     Possible Answers:
5859    
5860     "OK" -
5861    
5862     on success
5863    
5864     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5865    
5866     in case the given directory does not exists.
5867    
5868     Example:
5869    
5870     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A
5871     collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
5872    
5873     S: "OK"
5874    
5875    
5876    
5877    
5878    
5879     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 105]
5880    
5881     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5882    
5883    
5884     6.8.10. Finding directories
5885    
5886     The front-end can search for directories in specific directory by
5887     sending the following command:
5888    
5889     FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-
5890     list>
5891    
5892     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
5893     directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
5894     directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
5895     not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
5896     form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
5897     allowed:
5898    
5899     NAME='<search-string>'
5900    
5901     Restricts the search to directories, which names satisfy the
5902     supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
5903     escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
5904     Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5905    
5906     CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5907    
5908     Restricts the search to directories, which creation date satisfies
5909     the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
5910     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-after> is omitted the
5911     search is restricted to directories created before <date-before>.
5912     If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
5913     directories created after <date-after>.
5914    
5915     MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
5916    
5917     Restricts the search to directories, which date of last
5918     modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
5919     and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-
5920     after> is omitted the search is restricted to directories, which
5921     are last modified before <date-before>. If <date-before> is
5922     omitted, the search is restricted to directories, which are last
5923     modified after <date-after>.
5924    
5925     DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
5926    
5927     Restricts the search to directories with description that
5928     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
5929     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
5930     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
5931    
5932    
5933    
5934    
5935     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 106]
5936    
5937     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5938    
5939    
5940     Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
5941     separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
5942    
5943     Possible Answers:
5944    
5945     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
5946     into apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory
5947     that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
5948    
5949     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
5950    
5951     if the given directory does not exist.
5952    
5953     Example:
5954    
5955     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"
5956    
5957     S: "'/Piano Collection'"
5958    
5959     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:
5960     30:13'"
5961    
5962     S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"
5963    
5964     6.8.11. Adding instruments to the instruments database
5965    
5966     The front-end can add one or more instruments to the instruments
5967     database by sending the following command:
5968    
5969     ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [<mode>[ FILE_AS_DIR]] <db_dir>
5970     <file_path> [<instr_index>]
5971    
5972     Where <db_dir> is the absolute path name of a directory (encapsulated
5973     into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which only the new
5974     instruments (that are not already in the database) will be added,
5975     <file_path> is the absolute path name of a file or directory in the
5976     file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case an instrument
5977     file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified file will be
5978     added to the instruments database. If the optional <instr_index>
5979     (the index of the instrument within the given file) is supplied too,
5980     then only the specified instrument will be added. In case a
5981     directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory will be
5982     added. The OPTIONAL <mode> argument is only applied when a directory
5983     is provided as <file_path> and specifies how the scanning will be
5984     done and has exactly the following possibilities:
5985    
5986    
5987    
5988    
5989    
5990    
5991     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 107]
5992    
5993     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
5994    
5995    
5996     "RECURSIVE" -
5997    
5998     All instruments will be processed, including those in the
5999     subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory tree structure
6000     will be recreated in the instruments database
6001    
6002     "NON_RECURSIVE" -
6003    
6004     Only the instruments in the specified directory will be added,
6005     the instruments in the subdirectories will not be processed.
6006    
6007     "FLAT" -
6008    
6009     All instruments will be processed, including those in the
6010     subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory structure will
6011     not be recreated in the instruments database. All instruments
6012     will be added directly in the specified database directory.
6013    
6014     If FILE_AS_DIR argument is supplied, all instruments in an instrument
6015     file will be added to a separate directory in the instruments
6016     database, which name will be the name of the instrument file with the
6017     file extension stripped off.
6018    
6019     The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
6020     is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
6021     while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process
6022     is launched. The GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
6023     command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.
6024    
6025     Possible Answers:
6026    
6027     "OK" -
6028    
6029     on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied
6030    
6031     "OK[<job-id>]" -
6032    
6033     on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where <job-id> is a
6034     numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job
6035     progress. See GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO (Section 6.8.21)
6036    
6037     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6038    
6039     if an invalid path is specified.
6040    
6041     Examples:
6042    
6043    
6044    
6045    
6046    
6047     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 108]
6048    
6049     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6050    
6051    
6052     C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI
6053     Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
6054    
6055     S: "OK"
6056    
6057     6.8.12. Removing an instrument
6058    
6059     The front-end can remove a particular instrument from the instruments
6060     database by sending the following command:
6061    
6062     REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr_path>
6063    
6064     Where <instr_path> is the absolute path name (in the instruments
6065     database) of the instrument to remove.
6066    
6067     Possible Answers:
6068    
6069     "OK" -
6070    
6071     if the instrument is removed successfully
6072    
6073     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6074    
6075     if the given path does not exist or is a directory.
6076    
6077     Examples:
6078    
6079     C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
6080    
6081     S: "OK"
6082    
6083     6.8.13. Getting amount of instruments
6084    
6085     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of instruments in a
6086     specific directory by sending the following command:
6087    
6088     GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
6089    
6090     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
6091     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all instruments,
6092     including those located in subdirectories of the specified directory,
6093     will be returned.
6094    
6095     Possible Answers:
6096    
6097     The current number of instruments in the specified directory.
6098    
6099    
6100    
6101    
6102    
6103     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 109]
6104    
6105     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6106    
6107    
6108     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6109    
6110     if the given directory does not exist.
6111    
6112     Example:
6113    
6114     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
6115    
6116     S: "2"
6117    
6118     6.8.14. Listing all instruments in specific directory
6119    
6120     The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments in
6121     specific directory by sending the following command:
6122    
6123     LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] <dir>
6124    
6125     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
6126     directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names of all
6127     instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
6128     specified directory, will be returned.
6129    
6130     Possible Answers:
6131    
6132     A comma separated list of all instruments (encapsulated into
6133     apostrophes) in the specified directory.
6134    
6135     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6136    
6137     if the given directory does not exist.
6138    
6139     Example:
6140    
6141     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
6142    
6143     S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
6144    
6145     C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"
6146    
6147     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
6148     Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"
6149    
6150     6.8.15. Getting instrument information
6151    
6152     The front-end can ask for the current settings of an instrument by
6153     sending the following command:
6154    
6155    
6156    
6157    
6158    
6159     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 110]
6160    
6161     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6162    
6163    
6164     GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO <instr_path>
6165    
6166     Where <instr_path> should be replaced by the absolute path name of
6167     the instrument the front-end is interested in.
6168    
6169     Possible Answers:
6170    
6171     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6172     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6173     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6174     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
6175     following categories are defined:
6176    
6177    
6178    
6179     INSTRUMENT_FILE -
6180    
6181     File name of the instrument. Note that the character string
6182     may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6183    
6184     INSTRUMENT_NR -
6185    
6186     Index of the instrument within the file.
6187    
6188     FORMAT_FAMILY -
6189    
6190     The format family of the instrument.
6191    
6192     FORMAT_VERSION -
6193    
6194     The format version of the instrument.
6195    
6196     SIZE -
6197    
6198     The size of the instrument in bytes.
6199    
6200     CREATED -
6201    
6202     The date and time when the instrument is added in the
6203     instruments database, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
6204     format
6205    
6206     MODIFIED -
6207    
6208     The date and time of the last modification of the
6209     instrument's database settings, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD
6210     HH:MM:SS" format
6211    
6212    
6213    
6214    
6215     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 111]
6216    
6217     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6218    
6219    
6220     DESCRIPTION -
6221    
6222     A brief description of the instrument. Note that the
6223     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6224    
6225     IS_DRUM -
6226    
6227     either true or false, determines whether the instrument is a
6228     drumkit or a chromatic instrument
6229    
6230     PRODUCT -
6231    
6232     The product title of the instrument. Note that the
6233     character string may contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6234    
6235     ARTISTS -
6236    
6237     Lists the artist names. Note that the character string may
6238     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
6239    
6240     KEYWORDS -
6241    
6242     Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
6243     Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank. Note that
6244     the character string may contain escape sequences
6245     (Section 7.1).
6246    
6247     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6248    
6249     Example:
6250    
6251     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
6252    
6253     S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
6254    
6255     "INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
6256    
6257     "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
6258    
6259     "FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
6260    
6261     "SIZE: 2050871870"
6262    
6263     "CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
6264    
6265     "MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
6266    
6267    
6268    
6269    
6270    
6271     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 112]
6272    
6273     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6274    
6275    
6276     "DESCRIPTION: "
6277    
6278     "IS_DRUM: false"
6279    
6280     "PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
6281    
6282     "ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
6283    
6284     "KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
6285    
6286     "."
6287    
6288     6.8.16. Renaming an instrument
6289    
6290     The front-end can alter the name of a specific instrument by sending
6291     the following command:
6292    
6293     SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME <instr> <name>
6294    
6295     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <name>
6296     is the new name for that instrument.
6297    
6298     Possible Answers:
6299    
6300     "OK" -
6301    
6302     on success
6303    
6304     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6305    
6306     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6307     instrument with name equal to the new name already exists.
6308    
6309     Example:
6310    
6311     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer'
6312     'Bosendorfer 290'"
6313    
6314     S: "OK"
6315    
6316     6.8.17. Moving an instrument
6317    
6318     The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
6319     sending the following command:
6320    
6321     MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6322    
6323     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to move and
6324    
6325    
6326    
6327     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 113]
6328    
6329     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6330    
6331    
6332     <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be moved to.
6333    
6334     Possible Answers:
6335    
6336     "OK" -
6337    
6338     on success
6339    
6340     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6341    
6342     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6343     instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6344     instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6345    
6346     Example:
6347    
6348     C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano
6349     Collection/Acoustic'"
6350    
6351     S: "OK"
6352    
6353     6.8.18. Copying instruments
6354    
6355     The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
6356     sending the following command:
6357    
6358     COPY DB_INSTRUMENT <instr> <dst>
6359    
6360     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument to copy and
6361     <dst> is the directory where the instrument will be copied to.
6362    
6363     Possible Answers:
6364    
6365     "OK" -
6366    
6367     on success
6368    
6369     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6370    
6371     in case the given instrument does not exists, or if an
6372     instrument with name equal to the name of the specified
6373     instrument already exists in the destination directory.
6374    
6375     Example:
6376    
6377     C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'
6378     '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"
6379    
6380    
6381    
6382    
6383     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 114]
6384    
6385     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6386    
6387    
6388     S: "OK"
6389    
6390     6.8.19. Changing the description of instrument
6391    
6392     The front-end can alter the description of a specific instrument by
6393     sending the following command:
6394    
6395     SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION <instr> <desc>
6396    
6397     Where <instr> is the absolute path name of the instrument and <desc>
6398     is the new description for the instrument (encapsulated into
6399     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6400     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6401    
6402     Possible Answers:
6403    
6404     "OK" -
6405    
6406     on success
6407    
6408     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6409    
6410     in case the given instrument does not exists.
6411    
6412     Example:
6413    
6414     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/
6415     Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
6416    
6417     S: "OK"
6418    
6419     6.8.20. Finding instruments
6420    
6421     The front-end can search for instruments in specific directory by
6422     sending the following command:
6423    
6424     FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] <dir> <criteria-list>
6425    
6426     Where <dir> should be replaced by the absolute path name of the
6427     directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
6428     directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will
6429     not be searched. <criteria-list> is a list of search criterias in
6430     form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
6431     allowed:
6432    
6433     NAME='<search-string>'
6434    
6435    
6436    
6437    
6438    
6439     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 115]
6440    
6441     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6442    
6443    
6444     Restricts the search to instruments, which names satisfy the
6445     supplied search string (encapsulated into apostrophes, supporting
6446     escape sequences as described in chapter "Character Set and Escape
6447     Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6448    
6449     SIZE=[<min>]..[<max>]
6450    
6451     Restricts the search to instruments, which size is in the
6452     specified range. If <min> is omitted, the search results are
6453     restricted to instruments with size less then or equal to <max>.
6454     If <max> is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments with
6455     size greater then or equal to <min>.
6456    
6457     CREATED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6458    
6459     Restricts the search to instruments, which creation date satisfies
6460     the specified period, where <date-after> and <date-before> are in
6461     "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-after> is omitted the
6462     search is restricted to instruments created before <date-before>.
6463     If <date-before> is omitted, the search is restricted to
6464     instruments created after <date-after>.
6465    
6466     MODIFIED='[<date-after>]..[<date-before>]'
6467    
6468     Restricts the search to instruments, which date of last
6469     modification satisfies the specified period, where <date-after>
6470     and <date-before> are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format. If <date-
6471     after> is omitted the search is restricted to instruments, which
6472     are last modified before <date-before>. If <date-before> is
6473     omitted, the search is restricted to instruments, which are last
6474     modified after <date-after>.
6475    
6476     DESCRIPTION='<search-string>'
6477    
6478     Restricts the search to instruments with description that
6479     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6480     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6481     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6482    
6483     PRODUCT='<search-string>'
6484    
6485     Restricts the search to instruments with product info that
6486     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6487     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6488     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6489    
6490     ARTISTS='<search-string>'
6491    
6492    
6493    
6494    
6495     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 116]
6496    
6497     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6498    
6499    
6500     Restricts the search to instruments with artists info that
6501     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6502     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6503     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6504    
6505     KEYWORDS='<search-string>'
6506    
6507     Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list that
6508     satisfies the supplied search string (encapsulated into
6509     apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6510     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6511    
6512     IS_DRUM=true | false
6513    
6514     Either true or false. Restricts the search to drum kits or
6515     chromatic instruments.
6516    
6517     FORMAT_FAMILIES='<format-list>'
6518    
6519     Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format
6520     families, where <format-list> is a comma separated list of format
6521     families.
6522    
6523     Where <search-string> is either a regular expression, or a word list
6524     separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
6525    
6526     Possible Answers:
6527    
6528     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6529     into apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory
6530     that satisfy the supplied search criterias.
6531    
6532     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6533    
6534     if the given directory does not exist.
6535    
6536     Example:
6537    
6538     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+
6539     290'"
6540    
6541     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
6542    
6543     C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01
6544     09:30:13..'"
6545    
6546     S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/
6547     Steinway D'"
6548    
6549    
6550    
6551     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 117]
6552    
6553     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6554    
6555    
6556     6.8.21. Getting job status information
6557    
6558     The front-end can ask for the current status of a particular database
6559     instruments job by sending the following command:
6560    
6561     GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO <job-id>
6562    
6563     Where <job-id> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the job the
6564     front-end is interested in.
6565    
6566     Possible Answers:
6567    
6568     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6569     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6570     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6571     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
6572     following categories are defined:
6573    
6574    
6575    
6576     FILES_TOTAL -
6577    
6578     The total number of files scheduled for scanning
6579    
6580     FILES_SCANNED -
6581    
6582     The current number of scanned files
6583    
6584     SCANNING -
6585    
6586     The absolute path name of the file which is currently being
6587     scanned
6588    
6589     STATUS -
6590    
6591     An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the scanning
6592     progress percentage of the file which is currently being
6593     scanned
6594    
6595     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6596    
6597     Example:
6598    
6599     C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"
6600    
6601     S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"
6602    
6603    
6604    
6605    
6606    
6607     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 118]
6608    
6609     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6610    
6611    
6612     "FILES_SCANNED: 7"
6613    
6614     "SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
6615    
6616     "STATUS: 42"
6617    
6618     "."
6619    
6620     6.8.22. Formatting the instruments database
6621    
6622     The front-end can remove all instruments and directories and re-
6623     create the instruments database structure (e.g., in case of a
6624     database corruption) by sending the following command:
6625    
6626     FORMAT INSTRUMENTS_DB
6627    
6628     Possible Answers:
6629    
6630     "OK" -
6631    
6632     on success
6633    
6634     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6635    
6636     If the formatting of the instruments database failed.
6637    
6638     6.8.23. Checking for lost instrument files
6639    
6640     The front-end can retrieve the list of all instrument files in the
6641     instruments database that don't exist in the filesystem by sending
6642     the following command:
6643    
6644     FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
6645    
6646     Possible Answers:
6647    
6648     A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated
6649     into apostrophes) of all lost instrument files.
6650    
6651     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6652    
6653     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6654     error message.
6655    
6656     Example:
6657    
6658    
6659    
6660    
6661    
6662    
6663     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 119]
6664    
6665     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6666    
6667    
6668     C: "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES"
6669    
6670     S: "'/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig','/gigs/Steinway D.gig','/gigs/Free
6671     Piano.gig'"
6672    
6673     6.8.24. Replacing an instrument file
6674    
6675     The front-end can substitute all occurrences of an instrument file in
6676     the instruments database with a new one by sending the following
6677     command:
6678    
6679     SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH <old_path> <new_path>
6680    
6681     Where <old_path> is the absolute path name of the instrument file to
6682     substitute with <new_path>.
6683    
6684     Possible Answers:
6685    
6686     "OK" -
6687    
6688     on success
6689    
6690     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6691    
6692     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
6693     error message.
6694    
6695     Example:
6696    
6697     C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH '/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig'
6698     '/gigs/pianos/Bosendorfer 290.gig'"
6699    
6700     S: "OK"
6701    
6702     6.9. Editing Instruments
6703    
6704     The sampler allows to edit instruments while playing with the sampler
6705     by spawning an external (3rd party) instrument editor application for
6706     a given instrument. The 3rd party instrument editor applications
6707     have to place a respective plugin DLL file into the sampler's plugins
6708     directory. The sampler will automatically try to load all plugin
6709     DLLs in that directory on startup and only on startup!
6710    
6711     At the moment there is only one command for this feature set, but
6712     this will most probably change in future.
6713    
6714    
6715    
6716    
6717    
6718    
6719     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 120]
6720    
6721     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6722    
6723    
6724     6.9.1. Opening an appropriate instrument editor application
6725    
6726     The front-end can request to open an appropriate instrument editor
6727     application by sending the following command:
6728    
6729     EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT <sampler-channel>
6730    
6731     Where <sampler-channel> should be replaced by the number of the
6732     sampler channel as given by the "ADD CHANNEL" (Section 6.4.5) or
6733     "LIST CHANNELS" (Section 6.4.4) command.
6734    
6735     The sampler will try to ask all registered instrument editors (or to
6736     be more specific: their sampler plugins) whether they are capable to
6737     handle the instrument on the given sampler channel. The sampler will
6738     simply use the first instrument editor application which replied with
6739     a positive answer and spawn that instrument editor application within
6740     the sampler's process and provide that application access to the
6741     instrument's data structures, so both applications can share and
6742     access the same instruments data at the same time, thus allowing to
6743     immediately hear changes with the sampler made by the instrument
6744     editor.
6745    
6746     Note: consequently instrument editors are always spawned locally on
6747     the same machine where the sampler is running on!
6748    
6749     Possible Answers:
6750    
6751     "OK" -
6752    
6753     when an appropriate instrument editor was launched
6754    
6755     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
6756    
6757     when an appropriate instrument editor was launched, but there
6758     are noteworthy issues
6759    
6760     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6761    
6762     when an appropriate instrument editor could not be launched
6763    
6764     Examples:
6765    
6766     C: "EDIT CHANNEL INSTRUMENT 0"
6767    
6768     S: "OK"
6769    
6770    
6771    
6772    
6773    
6774    
6775     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 121]
6776    
6777     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6778    
6779    
6780     6.10. Managing Files
6781    
6782     You can query detailed informations about files located at the same
6783     system where the sampler instance is running on. Using this command
6784     set allows to retrieve file informations even remotely from another
6785     machine.
6786    
6787     6.10.1. Retrieving amount of instruments of a file
6788    
6789     The front-end can retrieve the amount of instruments within a given
6790     instrument file by sending the following command:
6791    
6792     GET FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6793    
6794     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6795     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6796     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6797    
6798     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6799     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6800     the amount of instruments.
6801    
6802     Possible Answers:
6803    
6804     On success, the sampler will answer by returning the amount of
6805     instruments.
6806    
6807     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6808    
6809     if the file could not be handled
6810    
6811     Examples:
6812    
6813     C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6814    
6815     S: "10"
6816    
6817     6.10.2. Retrieving all instruments of a file
6818    
6819     The front-end can retrieve a list of all instruments within a given
6820     instrument file by sending the following command:
6821    
6822     LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS <filename>
6823    
6824     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6825     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6826     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)").
6827    
6828    
6829    
6830    
6831     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 122]
6832    
6833     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6834    
6835    
6836     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6837     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for a
6838     list of IDs for the instruments in the given file.
6839    
6840     Possible Answers:
6841    
6842     On success, the sampler will answer by returning a comma separated
6843     list of instrument IDs.
6844    
6845     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
6846    
6847     if the file could not be handled
6848    
6849     Examples:
6850    
6851     C: "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig'"
6852    
6853     S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9"
6854    
6855     6.10.3. Retrieving informations about one instrument in a file
6856    
6857     The front-end can retrieve detailed informations about a specific
6858     instrument within a given instrument file by sending the following
6859     command:
6860    
6861     GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO <filename> <instr-id>
6862    
6863     Where <filename> is the name of the instrument file (encapsulated
6864     into apostrophes, supporting escape sequences as described in chapter
6865     "Character Set and Escape Sequences (Section 7.1)") and <instr-id> is
6866     the numeric instrument ID as returned by the "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS"
6867     (Section 6.10.2) command.
6868    
6869     The sampler will try to ask all sampler engines, whether they support
6870     the given file and ask the first engine with a positive answer for
6871     informations about the specific instrument in the given file.
6872    
6873     Possible Answers:
6874    
6875     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
6876     answer line begins with the settings category name followed by a
6877     colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
6878     character string to that setting category. At the moment the
6879     following categories are defined:
6880    
6881    
6882    
6883    
6884    
6885    
6886    
6887     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 123]
6888    
6889     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6890    
6891    
6892     NAME -
6893    
6894     name of the instrument as stored in the instrument file
6895    
6896     FORMAT_FAMILY -
6897    
6898     name of the sampler format of the given instrument
6899    
6900     FORMAT_VERSION -
6901    
6902     version of the sampler format the instrumen is stored as
6903    
6904     PRODUCT -
6905    
6906     official product name of the instrument as stored in the
6907     file
6908    
6909     ARTISTS -
6910    
6911     artists / sample library vendor of the instrument
6912    
6913     KEY_BINDINGS -
6914    
6915     comma separated list of integer values representing the
6916     instrument's key mapping in the range between 0 .. 127,
6917     reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI specification.
6918    
6919     KEYSWITCH_BINDINGS -
6920    
6921     comma separated list of integer values representing the
6922     instrument's keyswitch mapping in the range between 0 ..
6923     127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
6924     specification.
6925    
6926     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6927    
6928     Example:
6929    
6930     C: "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO 'D:/Sounds/Foo.gig' 0"
6931    
6932     S: "NAME: Lunatic Loops"
6933    
6934     "FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
6935    
6936     "FORMAT_VERSION: 3"
6937    
6938     "PRODUCT: The Backbone Bongo Beats"
6939    
6940    
6941    
6942    
6943     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 124]
6944    
6945     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
6946    
6947    
6948     "ARTISTS: Jimmy the Fish"
6949    
6950     "."
6951    
6952     6.11. Managing Effects
6953    
6954     Audio effects (e.g. reverb, delay, compression) can be applied to the
6955     audio signals generated by the sampler. The sampler usually provides
6956     a set of internal audio effects for this task. The exact set of
6957     effects depends on the availability of third party effect plugins
6958     installed on the system where the sampler runs on.
6959    
6960     At the moment only "send effects" are supported. Support for "insert
6961     effects" and "master effects" is planned to be added at a later
6962     point.
6963    
6964     The following commands allow to retrieve the set of internal effects
6965     available to the sampler, detailed informations about those effects
6966     and to create and destroy instances of such effects. After an
6967     instance of an effect is created, the effect instance can be inserted
6968     into the audio signal path of the sampler, e.g. as send effect.
6969    
6970     The sampler allows to create an arbitrary amount of so called send
6971     effect chains. Each effect chain can host an arbitrary amount of
6972     effect instances. The output of the first effect instance in an
6973     effect chain is fed to the input of the second effect instance of the
6974     chain and so on. So effects in one chain are processed sequentially.
6975     Send effect chains however are processed in parallel to other send
6976     effect chains. Audio signals of sampler channels are fed to send
6977     effects by creating FX sends to the respective sampler channel and
6978     assigning a destination send effect to that FX by using the "SET
6979     FX_SEND EFFECT" (Section 6.4.35) command. The latter allows to route
6980     the FX send to the beginning of a send effect chain, as well as
6981     directly to any other position of the send effect chain.
6982    
6983     6.11.1. Retrieve amount of available effects
6984    
6985     The front-end can retrieve the amount of internal effects, available
6986     to the sampler by sending the following command:
6987    
6988     GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
6989    
6990     Possible Answers:
6991    
6992     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effects
6993     available to the sampler.
6994    
6995     Examples:
6996    
6997    
6998    
6999     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 125]
7000    
7001     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7002    
7003    
7004     C: "GET AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
7005    
7006     S: "129"
7007    
7008     6.11.2. Get list of available effects
7009    
7010     The set of available internal effects can change at runtime. The
7011     front-end can retrieve the list of internal effects, available to the
7012     sampler by sending the following command:
7013    
7014     LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
7015    
7016     Possible Answers:
7017    
7018     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7019     numerical IDs of effects. Note: the numercial ID of an effect is
7020     generated by the sampler for the current moment. The numerical ID
7021     of the same effect can change at runtime, e.g. when the user
7022     requests a rescan of available effect plugins.
7023    
7024     Example:
7025    
7026     C: "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS"
7027    
7028     S: "5,6,7,120,121,122,123,124"
7029    
7030     6.11.3. Retrieving general information about an effect
7031    
7032     The front-end can ask for general informations about an effect by
7033     sending the following command:
7034    
7035     GET EFFECT INFO <effect-index>
7036    
7037     Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of an effect as returned by
7038     the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
7039    
7040     Possible Answers:
7041    
7042     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7043     answer line begins with the effect information category name,
7044     followed by a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally
7045     the info character string to that effect information category. At
7046     the moment the following categories are defined:
7047    
7048    
7049    
7050     SYSTEM -
7051    
7052    
7053    
7054    
7055     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 126]
7056    
7057     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7058    
7059    
7060     name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
7061     (e.g. "LADSPA")
7062    
7063     MODULE -
7064    
7065     module of the effect plugin system that contains this
7066     effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
7067     (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
7068     (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
7069     (Section 7.1))
7070    
7071     NAME -
7072    
7073     character string defining the unique name of the effect
7074     within its module (note that the character string may
7075     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7076    
7077     DESCRIPTION -
7078    
7079     human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
7080     in user interfaces (note that the character string may
7081     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7082    
7083     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7084    
7085     Example:
7086    
7087     C: "GET EFFECT INFO 121"
7088    
7089     S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
7090    
7091     "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/lowpass_iir_1891.so"
7092    
7093     "NAME: lowpass_iir"
7094    
7095     "DESCRIPTION: Glame Lowpass Filter"
7096    
7097     "."
7098    
7099     6.11.4. Creating an instance of an effect by its portable ID
7100    
7101     The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
7102     the following command:
7103    
7104     CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-system> <module> <effect-name>
7105    
7106     Where <effect-system> is the "SYSTEM" field, <module> the "MODULE"
7107     field and <effect-name> the "NAME" field as returned by the "GET
7108    
7109    
7110    
7111     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 127]
7112    
7113     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7114    
7115    
7116     EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3) command. The filename of argument
7117     <module> and the character string of argument <effect-name> may
7118     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1).
7119    
7120     The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
7121     instance of it. To allow loading the same effect on a different
7122     machine, probably even running a completely different operating
7123     system (e.g. Linux vs. Windows), the sampler tries to match <module>
7124     "softly". That means it first tries to find an effect that exactly
7125     matches the given <module> argument. If there is no exact match, the
7126     sampler will try to lower the restrictions on matching the <module>
7127     argument more and more, e.g. by ignoring upper / lower case
7128     differences and by ignoring the path of the DLL filename and file
7129     extension. If there is still no match at the end, the sampler will
7130     try to ignore the <module> argument completely and as a last resort
7131     search for an effect that only matches the given <effect-system> and
7132     <effect-name> arguments.
7133    
7134     Possible Answers:
7135    
7136     "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
7137    
7138     in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
7139     <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
7140     instance
7141    
7142     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
7143    
7144     in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
7145     are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
7146     warning code and warning message
7147    
7148     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7149    
7150     if the effect could not be instantiated
7151    
7152     Examples:
7153    
7154     C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE LADSPA '/usr/lib/ladspa/
7155     mod_delay_1419.so' 'modDelay'"
7156    
7157     S: "OK[0]"
7158    
7159     6.11.5. Creating an instance of an effect by its numerical ID
7160    
7161     The front-end can spawn an instance of the desired effect by sending
7162     the following command:
7163    
7164    
7165    
7166    
7167     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 128]
7168    
7169     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7170    
7171    
7172     CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-index>
7173    
7174     Where <effect-index> is the numerical ID of the effect as returned by
7175     the "LIST AVAILABLE_EFFECTS" (Section 6.11.2) command.
7176    
7177     The sampler will try to load the requested effect and to create an
7178     instance of it.
7179    
7180     Note: Since the numerical ID of a certain effect can change at any
7181     time, you should not use this command in LSCP files to restore a
7182     certain effect at a later time! To store a sampler session including
7183     all its effects, use the portable text-based version of "CREATE
7184     EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) instead! This allows to restore a
7185     sampler session with all its effects also on other machines, possibly
7186     even running a completely different operating system (e.g. Linux vs.
7187     Windows), with different plugin directories or plugin DLL names.
7188    
7189     Possible Answers:
7190    
7191     "OK[<effect-instance>]" -
7192    
7193     in case the effect instance was successfully created, where
7194     <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the new effect
7195     instance
7196    
7197     "WRN:<warning-code>:<warning-message>" -
7198    
7199     in case the effect instance was spawned successfully, but there
7200     are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
7201     warning code and warning message
7202    
7203     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7204    
7205     if the effect could not be instantiated
7206    
7207     Examples:
7208    
7209     C: "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE 72"
7210    
7211     S: "OK[5]"
7212    
7213     6.11.6. Destroy an effect instance
7214    
7215     The front-end can destroy an unusued effect instance and thus freeing
7216     it from memory by sending the following command:
7217    
7218    
7219    
7220    
7221    
7222    
7223     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 129]
7224    
7225     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7226    
7227    
7228     DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE <effect-instance>
7229    
7230     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
7231     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7232     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7233    
7234     The effect instance can only be destroyed if it's not used in any
7235     part of the sampler's audio signal path anymore. If the effect
7236     instance is still in use somewhere, trying to destroy the effect
7237     instance will result in an error message.
7238    
7239     Possible Answers:
7240    
7241     "OK" -
7242    
7243     in case the effect instance was successfully destroyed
7244    
7245     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7246    
7247     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
7248     error message
7249    
7250     Examples:
7251    
7252     C: "DESTROY EFFECT_INSTANCE 5"
7253    
7254     S: "OK"
7255    
7256     6.11.7. Retrieve amount of effect instances
7257    
7258     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of effect instances by
7259     sending the following command:
7260    
7261     GET EFFECT_INSTANCES
7262    
7263     Possible Answers:
7264    
7265     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of effect
7266     instances created and not yet destroyed in the current sampler
7267     session.
7268    
7269     Examples:
7270    
7271     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7272    
7273     S: "14"
7274    
7275    
7276    
7277    
7278    
7279     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 130]
7280    
7281     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7282    
7283    
7284     6.11.8. Get list of effect instances
7285    
7286     The front-end can retrieve the current list of effect instances by
7287     sending the following command:
7288    
7289     LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES
7290    
7291     Possible Answers:
7292    
7293     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7294     numerical IDs of effects instances.
7295    
7296     Example:
7297    
7298     C: "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7299    
7300     S: "9,11,14,15,16,17,25"
7301    
7302     6.11.9. Retrieving current information about an effect instance
7303    
7304     The front-end can ask for the current informations about a particular
7305     effect instance by sending the following command:
7306    
7307     GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO <effect-instance>
7308    
7309     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7310     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7311     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7312    
7313     Possible Answers:
7314    
7315     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7316     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7317     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7318     character string to that information category. At the moment the
7319     following categories are defined:
7320    
7321    
7322    
7323     SYSTEM -
7324    
7325     name of the effect plugin system the effect is based on
7326     (e.g. "LADSPA")
7327    
7328     MODULE -
7329    
7330     module of the effect plugin system that contains this
7331     effect, the module is usually the dynamic-linked library
7332    
7333    
7334    
7335     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 131]
7336    
7337     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7338    
7339    
7340     (DLL) filename of the effect plugin, including full path
7341     (note that this filename may contain escape sequences
7342     (Section 7.1))
7343    
7344     NAME -
7345    
7346     character string defining the unique name of the effect
7347     within its module (note that the character string may
7348     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7349    
7350     DESCRIPTION -
7351    
7352     human readable name of the effect, intended to be displayed
7353     in user interfaces (note that the character string may
7354     contain escape sequences (Section 7.1))
7355    
7356     INPUT_CONTROLS -
7357    
7358     amount of input controls the effect instance provides, to
7359     allow controlling the effect parameters in realtime
7360    
7361     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7362    
7363     Example:
7364    
7365     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO 3"
7366    
7367     S: "SYSTEM: LADSPA"
7368    
7369     "MODULE: /usr/lib/ladspa/mod_delay_1419.so"
7370    
7371     "NAME: modDelay"
7372    
7373     "DESCRIPTION: Modulatable delay"
7374    
7375     "INPUT_CONTROLS: 1"
7376    
7377     "."
7378    
7379     6.11.10. Retrieving information about an effect parameter
7380    
7381     Effects typically provide a certain set of effect parameters which
7382     can be altered by the user in realtime (e.g. depth of a reverb
7383     effect, duration of a delay effect, dry / wet signal ratio). Those
7384     controllable effect parameters are called "input controls". The
7385     front-end can ask for the current informations of an effect
7386     instance's input control by sending the following command:
7387    
7388    
7389    
7390    
7391     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 132]
7392    
7393     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7394    
7395    
7396     GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO <effect-instance> <input-
7397     control>
7398    
7399     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of an effect instance as
7400     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7401     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command and <input-control> is the
7402     index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7403     the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7404     (Section 6.11.9) command.
7405    
7406     Possible Answers:
7407    
7408     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7409     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7410     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7411     character string to that information category. There are
7412     information categories which are always returned, independent of
7413     the respective effect parameter and there are optional information
7414     categories which are only shown for certain effect parameters. At
7415     the moment the following categories are defined:
7416    
7417    
7418    
7419     DESCRIPTION -
7420    
7421     (always returned) human readable name of the effect
7422     parameter, intended to be displayed in user interfaces (note
7423     that the character string may contain escape sequences
7424     (Section 7.1))
7425    
7426     VALUE -
7427    
7428     (always returned) current (optional dotted) floating point
7429     value of this effect parameter
7430    
7431     RANGE_MIN -
7432    
7433     (optionally returned) minimum allowed value for this effect
7434     parameter
7435    
7436     RANGE_MAX -
7437    
7438     (optionally returned) maximum allowed value for this effect
7439     parameter
7440    
7441     POSSIBILITIES -
7442    
7443    
7444    
7445    
7446    
7447     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 133]
7448    
7449     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7450    
7451    
7452     (optionally returned) comma separated list of (optional
7453     dotted) floating point numbers, reflecting the exact set of
7454     possible values for this effect parameter
7455    
7456     DEFAULT -
7457    
7458     (optionally returned) default value of this effect parameter
7459    
7460     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7461    
7462     Example:
7463    
7464     C: "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL INFO 1 0"
7465    
7466     S: "DESCRIPTION: Base delay (s)"
7467    
7468     "VALUE: 0.500"
7469    
7470     "RANGE_MIN: 0.000"
7471    
7472     "."
7473    
7474     6.11.11. Altering an effect parameter
7475    
7476     The front-end can alter the current value of an effect parameter by
7477     sending the following command:
7478    
7479     SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE <effect-instance> <input-
7480     control> <value>
7481    
7482     Where <effect-instance> is the numerical ID of the effect instance as
7483     returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7484     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command, <input-control> is the
7485     index of the input control within the numerical bounds as returned by
7486     the "INPUT_CONTROLS" field of the "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO"
7487     (Section 6.11.9) command and <value> is the new (optional dotted)
7488     floating point value for this effect parameter.
7489    
7490     Possible Answers:
7491    
7492     "OK" -
7493    
7494     in case the effect was altered successfully
7495    
7496     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7497    
7498     in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
7499     error message
7500    
7501    
7502    
7503     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 134]
7504    
7505     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7506    
7507    
7508     Examples:
7509    
7510     C: "SET EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL VALUE 0 1 0.5"
7511    
7512     S: "OK"
7513    
7514     6.11.12. Retrieve amount of send effect chains
7515    
7516     The front-end can retrieve the current amount of send effect chains
7517     of an audio output device by sending the following command:
7518    
7519     GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7520    
7521     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7522     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7523     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7524     command.
7525    
7526     Possible Answers:
7527    
7528     The sampler will answer by returning the current number of send
7529     effect chains of the supplied audio output device.
7530    
7531     Examples:
7532    
7533     C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7534    
7535     S: "4"
7536    
7537     6.11.13. Retrieve list of send effect chains
7538    
7539     The front-end can retrieve the current list of send effect chains of
7540     an audio output device by sending the following command:
7541    
7542     LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS <audio-device>
7543    
7544     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7545     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7546     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7547     command.
7548    
7549     Possible Answers:
7550    
7551     The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list with
7552     numerical IDs of send effect chains of the supplied audio output
7553     device.
7554    
7555     Examples:
7556    
7557    
7558    
7559     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 135]
7560    
7561     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7562    
7563    
7564     C: "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS 0"
7565    
7566     S: "3,4,7"
7567    
7568     6.11.14. Add send effect chain
7569    
7570     The front-end can add a send effect chain by sending the following
7571     command:
7572    
7573     ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device>
7574    
7575     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7576     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7577     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7578     command.
7579    
7580     Possible Answers:
7581    
7582     "OK[<effect-chain>]" -
7583    
7584     in case the send effect chain was added successfully, where
7585     <effect-chain> is the numerical ID of the new send effect chain
7586    
7587     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7588    
7589     if the send effect chain could not be added
7590    
7591     Examples:
7592    
7593     C: "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0"
7594    
7595     S: "OK[2]"
7596    
7597     6.11.15. Remove send effect chain
7598    
7599     The front-end can remove a send effect chain by sending the following
7600     command:
7601    
7602     REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7603    
7604     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7605     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7606     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7607     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7608     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7609     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7610    
7611     Possible Answers:
7612    
7613    
7614    
7615     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 136]
7616    
7617     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7618    
7619    
7620     "OK" -
7621    
7622     in case the send effect chain was removed successfully
7623    
7624     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7625    
7626     if the send effect chain could not be removed
7627    
7628     Examples:
7629    
7630     C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN 0 2"
7631    
7632     S: "OK"
7633    
7634     6.11.16. Retrieving information about a send effect chain
7635    
7636     The front-end can ask for informations of a send effect chain by
7637     sending the following command:
7638    
7639     GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7640    
7641     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7642     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7643     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7644     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7645     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7646     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command.
7647    
7648     Possible Answers:
7649    
7650     LinuxSampler will answer by sending a <CRLF> separated list. Each
7651     answer line begins with the information category name, followed by
7652     a colon and then a space character <SP> and finally the info
7653     character string to that information category. At the moment the
7654     following categories are defined:
7655    
7656    
7657    
7658     EFFECT_COUNT -
7659    
7660     amount of effects in this send effect chain
7661    
7662     EFFECT_SEQUENCE -
7663    
7664     comma separated list of the numerical IDs of the effect
7665     instances in this send effect chain, in the order as they
7666     are procssed in the effect chain
7667    
7668    
7669    
7670    
7671     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 137]
7672    
7673     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7674    
7675    
7676     The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7677    
7678     Example:
7679    
7680     C: "GET SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN INFO 0 2"
7681    
7682     S: "EFFECT_COUNT: 3"
7683    
7684     "EFFECT_SEQUENCE: 31,4,7"
7685    
7686     "."
7687    
7688     6.11.17. Append effect instance to a send effect chain
7689    
7690     The front-end can add an unused effect instance to the end of a send
7691     effect chain by sending the following command:
7692    
7693     APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7694     <effect-instance>
7695    
7696     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7697     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7698     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7699     command and <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the
7700     "ADD SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST
7701     SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS" (Section 6.11.13) command and <effect-instance>
7702     as returned by the "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST
7703     EFFECT_INSTANCES" (Section 6.11.8) command.
7704    
7705     Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7706     Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7707     the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7708    
7709     Possible Answers:
7710    
7711     "OK" -
7712    
7713     in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7714    
7715     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7716    
7717     if the effect instance could not be added
7718    
7719     Examples:
7720    
7721     C: "APPEND SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 38"
7722    
7723    
7724    
7725    
7726    
7727     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 138]
7728    
7729     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7730    
7731    
7732     S: "OK"
7733    
7734     6.11.18. Insert effect instance to a send effect chain
7735    
7736     The front-end can add an unused effect instance to a certain position
7737     of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7738    
7739     INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7740     <chain-pos> <effect-instance>
7741    
7742     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7743     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7744     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7745     command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7746     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7747     (Section 6.11.13) command, <effect-instance> as returned by the
7748     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4) or "LIST EFFECT_INSTANCES"
7749     (Section 6.11.8) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7750     effect chain where the supplied effect shall be inserted to.
7751    
7752     Only unused effect instances can be added to the effect chain.
7753     Trying to add an effect instance which is already in use somewhere in
7754     the audio signal path of the sampler will result in an error.
7755    
7756     Possible Answers:
7757    
7758     "OK" -
7759    
7760     in case the effect instance was added successfully to the chain
7761    
7762     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7763    
7764     if the effect instance could not be added
7765    
7766     Examples:
7767    
7768     C: "INSERT SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4 38"
7769    
7770     S: "OK"
7771    
7772     6.11.19. Remove effect instance from send effect chain
7773    
7774     The front-end can remove an effect instance from a certain position
7775     of a send effect chain by sending the following command:
7776    
7777     REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT <audio-device> <effect-chain>
7778     <chain-pos>
7779    
7780    
7781    
7782    
7783     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 139]
7784    
7785     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7786    
7787    
7788     Where <audio-device> should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
7789     audio output device as given by the "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"
7790     (Section 6.2.5) or "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES" (Section 6.2.8)
7791     command, <effect-chain> by the numerical ID as returned by the "ADD
7792     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN" (Section 6.11.14) or "LIST SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS"
7793     (Section 6.11.13) command and <chain-pos> the exact position of the
7794     effect instance to be removed from the effect chain.
7795    
7796     Possible Answers:
7797    
7798     "OK" -
7799    
7800     in case the effect instance was removed successfully
7801    
7802     "ERR:<error-code>:<error-message>" -
7803    
7804     if the effect instance could not be removed
7805    
7806     Examples:
7807    
7808     C: "REMOVE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN EFFECT 0 2 4"
7809    
7810     S: "OK"
7811    
7812    
7813    
7814    
7815    
7816    
7817    
7818    
7819    
7820    
7821    
7822    
7823    
7824    
7825    
7826    
7827    
7828    
7829    
7830    
7831    
7832    
7833    
7834    
7835    
7836    
7837    
7838    
7839     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 140]
7840    
7841     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7842    
7843    
7844     7. Command Syntax
7845    
7846     The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in Section 6 is
7847     defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in [RFC2234])
7848     where applicable.
7849    
7850     input =
7851    
7852     line LF
7853    
7854     / line CR LF
7855    
7856     line =
7857    
7858     /* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
7859    
7860     / comment
7861    
7862     / command
7863    
7864     / error
7865    
7866     comment =
7867    
7868     '#'
7869    
7870     / comment '#'
7871    
7872     / comment SP
7873    
7874     / comment number
7875    
7876     / comment string
7877    
7878     command =
7879    
7880     ADD SP add_instruction
7881    
7882     / MAP SP map_instruction
7883    
7884     / UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
7885    
7886     / GET SP get_instruction
7887    
7888     / CREATE SP create_instruction
7889    
7890     / DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
7891    
7892    
7893    
7894    
7895     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 141]
7896    
7897     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7898    
7899    
7900     / LIST SP list_instruction
7901    
7902     / LOAD SP load_instruction
7903    
7904     / REMOVE SP remove_instruction
7905    
7906     / SET SP set_instruction
7907    
7908     / SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
7909    
7910     / UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
7911    
7912     / RESET SP reset_instruction
7913    
7914     / CLEAR SP clear_instruction
7915    
7916     / FIND SP find_instruction
7917    
7918     / MOVE SP move_instruction
7919    
7920     / COPY SP copy_instruction
7921    
7922     / EDIT SP edit_instruction
7923    
7924     / FORMAT SP format_instruction
7925    
7926     / SEND SP send_instruction
7927    
7928     / APPEND SP append_instruction
7929    
7930     / INSERT SP insert_instruction
7931    
7932     / RESET
7933    
7934     / QUIT
7935    
7936     add_instruction =
7937    
7938     CHANNEL
7939    
7940     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index
7941    
7942     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP
7943     midi_input_port_index
7944    
7945     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
7946    
7947    
7948    
7949    
7950    
7951     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 142]
7952    
7953     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
7954    
7955    
7956     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7957    
7958     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP
7959     db_path SP filename
7960    
7961     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP db_path SP filename
7962    
7963     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP FILE_AS_DIR SP db_path SP
7964     filename
7965    
7966     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename
7967    
7968     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP db_path SP filename SP
7969     instrument_index
7970    
7971     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename
7972    
7973     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP filename SP instrument_index
7974    
7975     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
7976    
7977     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
7978    
7979     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index
7980    
7981     subscribe_event =
7982    
7983     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7984    
7985     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7986    
7987     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
7988    
7989     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
7990    
7991     / CHANNEL_COUNT
7992    
7993     / CHANNEL_MIDI
7994    
7995     / DEVICE_MIDI
7996    
7997     / VOICE_COUNT
7998    
7999     / STREAM_COUNT
8000    
8001     / BUFFER_FILL
8002    
8003    
8004    
8005    
8006    
8007     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 143]
8008    
8009     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8010    
8011    
8012     / CHANNEL_INFO
8013    
8014     / FX_SEND_COUNT
8015    
8016     / FX_SEND_INFO
8017    
8018     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
8019    
8020     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
8021    
8022     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8023    
8024     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8025    
8026     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
8027    
8028     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
8029    
8030     / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8031    
8032     / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8033    
8034     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
8035    
8036     / MISCELLANEOUS
8037    
8038     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
8039    
8040     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8041    
8042     / GLOBAL_INFO
8043    
8044     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
8045    
8046     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
8047    
8048     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
8049    
8050     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
8051    
8052     unsubscribe_event =
8053    
8054     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8055    
8056     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8057    
8058     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
8059    
8060    
8061    
8062    
8063     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 144]
8064    
8065     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8066    
8067    
8068     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
8069    
8070     / CHANNEL_COUNT
8071    
8072     / CHANNEL_MIDI
8073    
8074     / DEVICE_MIDI
8075    
8076     / VOICE_COUNT
8077    
8078     / STREAM_COUNT
8079    
8080     / BUFFER_FILL
8081    
8082     / CHANNEL_INFO
8083    
8084     / FX_SEND_COUNT
8085    
8086     / FX_SEND_INFO
8087    
8088     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
8089    
8090     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
8091    
8092     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8093    
8094     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8095    
8096     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
8097    
8098     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
8099    
8100     / DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
8101    
8102     / DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
8103    
8104     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
8105    
8106     / MISCELLANEOUS
8107    
8108     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
8109    
8110     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8111    
8112     / GLOBAL_INFO
8113    
8114     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
8115    
8116    
8117    
8118    
8119     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 145]
8120    
8121     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8122    
8123    
8124     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
8125    
8126     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
8127    
8128     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
8129    
8130     map_instruction =
8131    
8132     MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP
8133     engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
8134    
8135     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8136     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
8137     instr_load_mode
8138    
8139     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8140     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
8141     entry_name
8142    
8143     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8144     SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP
8145     instr_load_mode SP entry_name
8146    
8147     unmap_instruction =
8148    
8149     MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8150    
8151     remove_instruction =
8152    
8153     CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8154    
8155     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel
8156    
8157     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8158    
8159     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP
8160     midi_input_port_index
8161    
8162     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
8163    
8164     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
8165    
8166     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP device_index SP effect_chain
8167    
8168     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8169     chain_pos
8170    
8171    
8172    
8173    
8174    
8175     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 146]
8176    
8177     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8178    
8179    
8180     / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8181    
8182     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP db_path
8183    
8184     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path
8185    
8186     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path
8187    
8188     get_instruction =
8189    
8190     AVAILABLE_ENGINES
8191    
8192     / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
8193    
8194     / EFFECT_INSTANCES
8195    
8196     / EFFECT SP INFO SP effect_index
8197    
8198     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP INFO SP effect_instance
8199    
8200     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP INFO SP effect_instance SP
8201     input_control
8202    
8203     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP device_index
8204    
8205     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP INFO SP device_index SP effect_chain
8206    
8207     / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
8208    
8209     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
8210    
8211     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
8212    
8213     / MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP
8214     key_val_list
8215    
8216     / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
8217    
8218     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
8219    
8220     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
8221    
8222     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP
8223     key_val_list
8224    
8225     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
8226    
8227    
8228    
8229    
8230    
8231     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 147]
8232    
8233     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8234    
8235    
8236     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
8237    
8238     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
8239    
8240     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
8241    
8242     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
8243    
8244     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
8245    
8246     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
8247    
8248     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP
8249     string
8250    
8251     / CHANNELS
8252    
8253     / CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
8254    
8255     / CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
8256    
8257     / CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
8258    
8259     / CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
8260    
8261     / ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
8262    
8263     / SERVER SP INFO
8264    
8265     / TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
8266    
8267     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
8268    
8269     / TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
8270    
8271     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8272    
8273     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8274    
8275     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
8276    
8277     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
8278    
8279     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
8280    
8281     / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
8282    
8283    
8284    
8285    
8286    
8287     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 148]
8288    
8289     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8290    
8291    
8292     / FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8293    
8294     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8295    
8296     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
8297    
8298     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP db_path
8299    
8300     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8301    
8302     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
8303    
8304     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP db_path
8305    
8306     / DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
8307    
8308     / VOLUME
8309    
8310     / VOICES
8311    
8312     / STREAMS
8313    
8314     / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
8315    
8316     / FILE SP INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP filename SP instrument_index
8317    
8318     set_instruction =
8319    
8320     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8321     param_val_list
8322    
8323     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8324     param_val_list
8325    
8326     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '='
8327     param_val_list
8328    
8329     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' NONE
8330    
8331     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '='
8332     param_val_list
8333    
8334     / EFFECT_INSTANCE_INPUT_CONTROL SP VALUE SP effect_instance SP
8335     input_control SP control_value
8336    
8337     / CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
8338    
8339    
8340    
8341    
8342    
8343     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 149]
8344    
8345     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8346    
8347    
8348     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
8349    
8350     / FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
8351    
8352     / FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8353     SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
8354    
8355     / FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8356     midi_ctrl
8357    
8358     / FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8359     volume_value
8360    
8361     / FX_SEND SP EFFECT SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP
8362     effect_chain SP chain_pos
8363    
8364     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8365    
8366     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP
8367     stringval_escaped
8368    
8369     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8370    
8371     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP db_path SP stringval_escaped
8372    
8373     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP FILE_PATH SP filename SP filename
8374    
8375     / ECHO SP boolean
8376    
8377     / VOLUME SP volume_value
8378    
8379     / VOICES SP number
8380    
8381     / STREAMS SP number
8382    
8383     create_instruction =
8384    
8385     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8386    
8387     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
8388    
8389     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
8390    
8391     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
8392    
8393     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
8394    
8395    
8396    
8397    
8398    
8399     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 150]
8400    
8401     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8402    
8403    
8404     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
8405    
8406     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_index
8407    
8408     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP effect_system SP module SP effect_name
8409    
8410     reset_instruction =
8411    
8412     CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
8413    
8414     clear_instruction =
8415    
8416     MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8417    
8418     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8419    
8420     find_instruction =
8421    
8422     DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP query_val_list
8423    
8424     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path SP query_val_list
8425    
8426     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP db_path SP
8427     query_val_list
8428    
8429     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path SP query_val_list
8430    
8431     / LOST SP DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES
8432    
8433     move_instruction =
8434    
8435     DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8436    
8437     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8438    
8439     copy_instruction =
8440    
8441     DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP db_path SP db_path
8442    
8443     / DB_INSTRUMENT SP db_path SP db_path
8444    
8445     destroy_instruction =
8446    
8447     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
8448    
8449     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
8450    
8451    
8452    
8453    
8454    
8455     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 151]
8456    
8457     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8458    
8459    
8460     / FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
8461    
8462     / EFFECT_INSTANCE SP number
8463    
8464     load_instruction =
8465    
8466     INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
8467    
8468     / ENGINE SP load_engine_args
8469    
8470     append_instruction =
8471    
8472     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8473     effect_instance
8474    
8475     insert_instruction =
8476    
8477     SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN SP EFFECT SP device_index SP effect_chain SP
8478     chain_pos SP effect_instance
8479    
8480     set_chan_instruction =
8481    
8482     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8483    
8484     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index
8485     SP audio_channel_index
8486    
8487     / AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
8488    
8489     / MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP
8490     midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
8491    
8492     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
8493    
8494     / MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
8495    
8496     / MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP
8497     midi_input_channel_index
8498    
8499     / MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
8500    
8501     / VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
8502    
8503     / MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8504    
8505     / SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
8506    
8507    
8508    
8509    
8510    
8511     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 152]
8512    
8513     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8514    
8515    
8516     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
8517    
8518     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
8519    
8520     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
8521    
8522     edit_instruction =
8523    
8524     CHANNEL SP INSTRUMENT SP sampler_channel
8525    
8526     format_instruction =
8527    
8528     INSTRUMENTS_DB
8529    
8530     modal_arg =
8531    
8532     /* epsilon (empty argument) */
8533    
8534     / NON_MODAL SP
8535    
8536     key_val_list =
8537    
8538     string '=' param_val_list
8539    
8540     / key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
8541    
8542     buffer_size_type =
8543    
8544     BYTES
8545    
8546     / PERCENTAGE
8547    
8548     list_instruction =
8549    
8550     AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
8551    
8552     / MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
8553    
8554     / CHANNELS
8555    
8556     / CHANNEL SP MIDI_INPUTS SP sampler_channel
8557    
8558     / AVAILABLE_ENGINES
8559    
8560     / AVAILABLE_EFFECTS
8561    
8562     / EFFECT_INSTANCES
8563    
8564    
8565    
8566    
8567     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 153]
8568    
8569     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8570    
8571    
8572     / SEND_EFFECT_CHAINS SP number
8573    
8574     / AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
8575    
8576     / AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
8577    
8578     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
8579    
8580     / MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
8581    
8582     / MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
8583    
8584     / FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
8585    
8586     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8587    
8588     / DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP db_path
8589    
8590     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP db_path
8591    
8592     / DB_INSTRUMENTS SP db_path
8593    
8594     / FILE SP INSTRUMENTS SP filename
8595    
8596     send_instruction =
8597    
8598     CHANNEL SP MIDI_DATA SP string SP sampler_channel SP number SP
8599     number
8600    
8601     load_instr_args =
8602    
8603     filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
8604    
8605     / NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
8606    
8607     load_engine_args =
8608    
8609     engine_name SP sampler_channel
8610    
8611     instr_load_mode =
8612    
8613     ON_DEMAND
8614    
8615     / ON_DEMAND_HOLD
8616    
8617     / PERSISTENT
8618    
8619     effect_instance =
8620    
8621    
8622    
8623     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 154]
8624    
8625     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8626    
8627    
8628     number
8629    
8630     device_index =
8631    
8632     number
8633    
8634     audio_channel_index =
8635    
8636     number
8637    
8638     audio_output_type_name =
8639    
8640     string
8641    
8642     midi_input_port_index =
8643    
8644     number
8645    
8646     midi_input_channel_index =
8647    
8648     number
8649    
8650     / ALL
8651    
8652     midi_input_type_name =
8653    
8654     string
8655    
8656     midi_map =
8657    
8658     number
8659    
8660     midi_bank =
8661    
8662     number
8663    
8664     midi_prog =
8665    
8666     number
8667    
8668     midi_ctrl =
8669    
8670     number
8671    
8672     volume_value =
8673    
8674     dotnum
8675    
8676    
8677    
8678    
8679     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 155]
8680    
8681     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8682    
8683    
8684     / number
8685    
8686     control_value =
8687    
8688     real
8689    
8690     sampler_channel =
8691    
8692     number
8693    
8694     instrument_index =
8695    
8696     number
8697    
8698     fx_send_id =
8699    
8700     number
8701    
8702     engine_name =
8703    
8704     string
8705    
8706     filename =
8707    
8708     path
8709    
8710     db_path =
8711    
8712     path
8713    
8714     map_name =
8715    
8716     stringval_escaped
8717    
8718     entry_name =
8719    
8720     stringval_escaped
8721    
8722     fx_send_name =
8723    
8724     stringval_escaped
8725    
8726     effect_name =
8727    
8728     stringval_escaped
8729    
8730     effect_index =
8731    
8732    
8733    
8734    
8735     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 156]
8736    
8737     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8738    
8739    
8740     number
8741    
8742     effect_chain =
8743    
8744     number
8745    
8746     chain_pos =
8747    
8748     number
8749    
8750     input_control =
8751    
8752     number
8753    
8754     param_val_list =
8755    
8756     param_val
8757    
8758     / param_val_list','param_val
8759    
8760     param_val =
8761    
8762     string
8763    
8764     / stringval
8765    
8766     / number
8767    
8768     / dotnum
8769    
8770     query_val_list =
8771    
8772     string '=' query_val
8773    
8774     / query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
8775    
8776     query_val =
8777    
8778     text_escaped
8779    
8780     / stringval_escaped
8781    
8782     scan_mode =
8783    
8784     RECURSIVE
8785    
8786     / NON_RECURSIVE
8787    
8788    
8789    
8790    
8791     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 157]
8792    
8793     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8794    
8795    
8796     / FLAT
8797    
8798     effect_system =
8799    
8800     string
8801    
8802     module =
8803    
8804     filename
8805    
8806     7.1. Character Set and Escape Sequences
8807    
8808     Older versions of this protocol up to and including v1.1 only
8809     supported the standard ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 127)
8810     [RFC20], all younger versions of this protocol however support the
8811     Extended ASCII character set (ASCII code 0 - 255). The same group of
8812     younger protocols also support escape sequences, but only for
8813     certain, explicitly declared parts of the protocol. The supported
8814     escape sequences are defined as follows:
8815    
8816     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8817     | ASCII Character | Translated into (Name) |
8818     | Sequence | |
8819     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8820     | \n | new line |
8821     | | |
8822     | \r | carriage return |
8823     | | |
8824     | \f | form feed |
8825     | | |
8826     | \t | horizontal tab |
8827     | | |
8828     | \v | vertical tab |
8829     | | |
8830     | \' | apostrophe |
8831     | | |
8832     | \" | quotation mark |
8833     | | |
8834     | \\ | backslash |
8835     | | |
8836     | \OOO | three digit octal ASCII code of the |
8837     | | character |
8838     | | |
8839     | \xHH | two digit hex ASCII code of the |
8840     | | character |
8841     +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
8842    
8843     Notice: due to the transition of certain parts of the protocol which
8844    
8845    
8846    
8847     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 158]
8848    
8849     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8850    
8851    
8852     now support escape sequences, a slight backward incompatibility to
8853     protocols version v1.1 and younger has been introduced. The only
8854     difference is that in parts of the protocol where escape characters
8855     are now supported, a backslash characters MUST be escaped as well
8856     (that is as double backslash), whereas in the old versions a single
8857     backslash was sufficient.
8858    
8859     The following LSCP commands support escape sequences as part of their
8860     filename / path based arguments and / or may contain a filename /
8861     path with escape sequences in their response:
8862    
8863     "LOAD INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.4.1)
8864    
8865     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8866    
8867     "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8868    
8869     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8870    
8871     "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.1)
8872    
8873     "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.11)
8874    
8875     "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.2)
8876    
8877     "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.12)
8878    
8879     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.3)
8880    
8881     "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.4)
8882    
8883     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8884    
8885     "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.13)
8886    
8887     "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.14)
8888    
8889     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8890    
8891     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8892    
8893     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8894    
8895     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8896    
8897     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8898    
8899    
8900    
8901    
8902    
8903     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 159]
8904    
8905     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8906    
8907    
8908     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
8909    
8910     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8911    
8912     "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.17)
8913    
8914     "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.7)
8915    
8916     "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.8.18)
8917    
8918     "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY" (Section 6.8.8)
8919    
8920     "FIND LOST DB_INSTRUMENT_FILES" (Section 6.8.23)
8921    
8922     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT FILE_PATH" (Section 6.8.24)
8923    
8924     "GET FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.1)
8925    
8926     "LIST FILE INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.10.2)
8927    
8928     "GET FILE INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.10.3)
8929    
8930     "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
8931    
8932     "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
8933    
8934     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
8935    
8936     Note that the forward slash character ('/') has a special meaning in
8937     filename / path based arguments: it acts as separator of the nodes in
8938     the path, thus if a directory- or filename includes a forward slash
8939     (not intended as path node separator), you MUST escape that slash
8940     either with the respective hex escape sequence ("\x2f") or with the
8941     respective octal escape sequence ("\057").
8942    
8943     Note for Windows: file path arguments in LSCP are expected to use
8944     forward slashes as directory node separator similar to Unix based
8945     operating systems. In contrast to Unix however a Windows typical
8946     drive character is expected to be prefixed to the path. That is an
8947     original Windows file path like "D:\Sounds\My.gig" would become in
8948     LSCP: "D:/Sounds/My.gig".
8949    
8950     The following LSCP commands even support escape sequences as part of
8951     at least one of their text-based arguments (i.e. entity name,
8952     description) and / or may contain escape sequences in at least one of
8953     their text-based fields in their response:
8954    
8955    
8956    
8957    
8958    
8959     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 160]
8960    
8961     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
8962    
8963    
8964     "GET SERVER INFO" (Section 6.6.5)
8965    
8966     "GET ENGINE INFO" (Section 6.4.9)
8967    
8968     "GET CHANNEL INFO" (Section 6.4.10)
8969    
8970     "CREATE FX_SEND" (Section 6.4.28)
8971    
8972     "GET FX_SEND INFO" (Section 6.4.32)
8973    
8974     "SET FX_SEND NAME" (Section 6.4.33)
8975    
8976     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.7.11)
8977    
8978     "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO" (Section 6.7.5)
8979    
8980     "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP" (Section 6.7.1)
8981    
8982     "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" (Section 6.7.7)
8983    
8984     "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME" (Section 6.7.6)
8985    
8986     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO" (Section 6.8.5)
8987    
8988     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME" (Section 6.8.6)
8989    
8990     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.9)
8991    
8992     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES" (Section 6.8.10)
8993    
8994     "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO" (Section 6.8.15)
8995    
8996     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME" (Section 6.8.16)
8997    
8998     "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION" (Section 6.8.19)
8999    
9000     "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS" (Section 6.8.20)
9001    
9002     "GET EFFECT INFO" (Section 6.11.3)
9003    
9004     "GET EFFECT_INSTANCE INFO" (Section 6.11.9)
9005    
9006     "CREATE EFFECT_INSTANCE" (Section 6.11.4)
9007    
9008     Please note that these lists are manually maintained. If you find a
9009     command that also supports escape sequences we forgot to mention
9010     here, please report it!
9011    
9012    
9013    
9014    
9015     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 161]
9016    
9017     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9018    
9019    
9020     8. Events
9021    
9022     This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by
9023     LinuxSampler.
9024    
9025     8.1. Number of audio output devices changed
9026    
9027     Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output
9028     devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9029    
9030     SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9031    
9032     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9033    
9034     "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
9035    
9036     where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of audio output
9037     devices.
9038    
9039     8.2. Audio output device's settings changed
9040    
9041     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output
9042     devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9043    
9044     SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9045    
9046     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9047    
9048     "NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
9049    
9050     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
9051     output device, which settings has been changed. The front-end will
9052     have to send the respective command to actually get the audio output
9053     device info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
9054     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9055     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9056     message is sufficient here.
9057    
9058     8.3. Number of MIDI input devices changed
9059    
9060     Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input
9061     devices on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9062    
9063     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9064    
9065     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9066    
9067    
9068    
9069    
9070    
9071     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 162]
9072    
9073     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9074    
9075    
9076     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:<devices>"
9077    
9078     where <devices> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI input
9079     devices.
9080    
9081     8.4. MIDI input device's settings changed
9082    
9083     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input
9084     devices on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9085    
9086     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9087    
9088     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9089    
9090     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:<device-id>"
9091    
9092     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9093     input device, which settings has been changed. The front-end will
9094     have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI input
9095     device info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
9096     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9097     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9098     message is sufficient here.
9099    
9100     8.5. Number of sampler channels changed
9101    
9102     Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on
9103     the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9104    
9105     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT
9106    
9107     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9108    
9109     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:<channels>"
9110    
9111     where <channels> will be replaced by the new number of sampler
9112     channels.
9113    
9114     8.6. MIDI data on a sampler channel arrived
9115    
9116     Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on sampler
9117     channels on back-end side, by issuing the following command:
9118    
9119     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_MIDI
9120    
9121     Server will start sending one of the the following notification
9122     messages:
9123    
9124    
9125    
9126    
9127     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 163]
9128    
9129     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9130    
9131    
9132     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_ON <note> <velocity>"
9133    
9134     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_MIDI:<channel-id> NOTE_OFF <note> <velocity>"
9135    
9136     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the ID of the sampler channel
9137     where the MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values
9138     in the range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the
9139     MIDI specification.
9140    
9141     CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
9142     actually all delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events
9143     could be lost at any time! This restriction was made to keep the RT-
9144     safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
9145     feature.
9146    
9147     8.7. MIDI data on a MIDI input device arrived
9148    
9149     Client may want to be notified when MIDI data arrive on MIDI input
9150     devices by issuing the following command:
9151    
9152     SUBSCRIBE DEVICE_MIDI
9153    
9154     Server will start sending one of the the following notification
9155     messages:
9156    
9157     "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_ON <note>
9158     <velocity>"
9159    
9160     "NOTIFY:DEVICE_MIDI:<device-id> <port-id> NOTE_OFF <note>
9161     <velocity>"
9162    
9163     where <device-id> <port-id> will be replaced by the IDs of the
9164     respective MIDI input device and the device's MIDI port where the
9165     MIDI data arrived. <note> and <velocity> are integer values in the
9166     range between 0 .. 127, reflecting the analog meaning of the MIDI
9167     specification.
9168    
9169     CAUTION: no guarantee whatsoever will be made that MIDI events are
9170     actually all delivered by this mechanism! With other words: events
9171     could be lost at any time! This restriction was made to keep the RT-
9172     safeness of the backend's MIDI and audio thread unaffected by this
9173     feature.
9174    
9175     8.8. Number of active voices changed
9176    
9177     Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the back-
9178     end changes by issuing the following command:
9179    
9180    
9181    
9182    
9183     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 164]
9184    
9185     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9186    
9187    
9188     SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
9189    
9190     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9191    
9192     "NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <voices>"
9193    
9194     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9195     voice count change occurred and <voices> by the new number of active
9196     voices on that channel.
9197    
9198     8.9. Number of active disk streams changed
9199    
9200     Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the
9201     back-end changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE
9202     STREAM_COUNT
9203    
9204     SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
9205    
9206     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9207    
9208     "NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:<sampler-channel> <streams>"
9209    
9210     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9211     stream count change occurred and <streams> by the new number of
9212     active disk streams on that channel.
9213    
9214     8.10. Disk stream buffer fill state changed
9215    
9216     Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk
9217     stream on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9218    
9219     SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL
9220    
9221     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9222    
9223     "NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:<sampler-channel> <fill-data>"
9224    
9225     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9226     buffer fill state change occurred on and <fill-data> will be replaced
9227     by the buffer fill data for this channel as described in
9228     Section 6.4.13 as if the "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"
9229     (Section 6.4.13) command was issued on this channel.
9230    
9231     8.11. Channel information changed
9232    
9233     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler
9234     channels on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9235    
9236    
9237    
9238    
9239     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 165]
9240    
9241     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9242    
9243    
9244     SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
9245    
9246     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9247    
9248     "NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:<sampler-channel>"
9249    
9250     where <sampler-channel> will be replaced by the sampler channel the
9251     channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send the
9252     respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these
9253     messages will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients
9254     rather than real time events happening on the server, it is believed
9255     that an empty notification message is sufficient here.
9256    
9257     8.12. Number of effect sends changed
9258    
9259     Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on a
9260     particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following
9261     command:
9262    
9263     SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
9264    
9265     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9266    
9267     "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:<channel-id> <fx-sends>"
9268    
9269     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9270     sampler channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and <fx-
9271     sends> will be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that
9272     channel.
9273    
9274     8.13. Effect send information changed
9275    
9276     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends
9277     on a a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
9278    
9279     SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
9280    
9281     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9282    
9283     "NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:<channel-id> <fx-send-id>"
9284    
9285     where <channel-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9286     sampler channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and <fx-
9287     send-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect
9288     send.
9289    
9290    
9291    
9292    
9293    
9294    
9295     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 166]
9296    
9297     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9298    
9299    
9300     8.14. Total number of active voices changed
9301    
9302     Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
9303     back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9304    
9305     SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9306    
9307     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9308    
9309     "NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:<voices>"
9310    
9311     where <voices> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9312     active voices.
9313    
9314     8.15. Total number of active disk streams changed
9315    
9316     Client may want to be notified when the total number of disk streams
9317     on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9318    
9319     SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT
9320    
9321     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9322    
9323     "NOTIFY:TOTAL_STREAM_COUNT:<streams>"
9324    
9325     where <streams> will be replaced by the new number of all currently
9326     active disk streams.
9327    
9328     8.16. Number of MIDI instrument maps changed
9329    
9330     Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9331     maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9332    
9333     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9334    
9335     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9336    
9337     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:<maps>"
9338    
9339     where <maps> will be replaced by the new number of MIDI instrument
9340     maps.
9341    
9342     8.17. MIDI instrument map information changed
9343    
9344     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9345     instrument maps on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9346    
9347    
9348    
9349    
9350    
9351     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 167]
9352    
9353     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9354    
9355    
9356     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9357    
9358     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9359    
9360     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:<map-id>"
9361    
9362     where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9363     instrument map, for which information changes occurred. The front-
9364     end will have to send the respective command to actually get the MIDI
9365     instrument map info. Because these messages will be triggered by
9366     LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9367     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9368     message is sufficient here.
9369    
9370     8.18. Number of MIDI instruments changed
9371    
9372     Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument
9373     maps on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
9374    
9375     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9376    
9377     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9378    
9379     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<map-id> <instruments>"
9380    
9381     where <map-id> is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in
9382     which the nuber of instruments has changed and <instruments> will be
9383     replaced by the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
9384    
9385     8.19. MIDI instrument information changed
9386    
9387     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI
9388     instruments on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9389    
9390     SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9391    
9392     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9393    
9394     "NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<map-id> <bank> <program>"
9395    
9396     where <map-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI
9397     instrument map, in which a MIDI instrument is changed. <bank> and
9398     <program> specifies the location of the changed MIDI instrument in
9399     the map. The front-end will have to send the respective command to
9400     actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages will
9401     be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9402     real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9403     empty notification message is sufficient here.
9404    
9405    
9406    
9407     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 168]
9408    
9409     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9410    
9411    
9412     8.20. Global settings changed
9413    
9414     Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings of
9415     the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
9416    
9417     SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
9418    
9419     Server will start sending the following types of notification
9420     messages:
9421    
9422     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME <volume>" - Notifies that the golbal
9423     volume of the sampler is changed, where <volume> will be replaced
9424     by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the new
9425     global volume parameter.
9426    
9427     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOICES <max-voices>" - Notifies that the
9428     golbal limit of the sampler for maximum voices is changed, where
9429     <max-voices> will be an integer value, reflecting the new global
9430     voice limit parameter.
9431    
9432     "NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:STREAMS <max-streams>" - Notifies that the
9433     golbal limit of the sampler for maximum disk streams is changed,
9434     where <max-streams> will be an integer value, reflecting the new
9435     global disk streams limit parameter.
9436    
9437     8.21. Number of database instrument directories changed
9438    
9439     Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
9440     directories in a particular directory in the instruments database is
9441     changed by issuing the following command:
9442    
9443     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9444    
9445     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9446    
9447     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9448    
9449     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9450     directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9451     directories is changed.
9452    
9453     Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9454     sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
9455    
9456     8.22. Database instrument directory information changed
9457    
9458     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
9459     in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9460    
9461    
9462    
9463     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 169]
9464    
9465     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9466    
9467    
9468     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9469    
9470     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9471    
9472     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:<dir-path>"
9473    
9474     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9475     directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end
9476     will have to send the respective command to actually get the updated
9477     directory info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP
9478     commands issued by other clients rather than real time events
9479     happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
9480     message is sufficient here.
9481    
9482     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME <old-dir-path> <new-
9483     name>"
9484    
9485     where <old-dir-path> is the old absolute path name of the directory
9486     (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and <new-name>
9487     is the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
9488    
9489     8.23. Number of database instruments changed
9490    
9491     Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments in a
9492     particular directory in the instruments database is changed by
9493     issuing the following command:
9494    
9495     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9496    
9497     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9498    
9499     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:<dir-path>"
9500    
9501     where <dir-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9502     directory in the instruments database, in which the number of
9503     instruments is changed.
9504    
9505     Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event is not
9506     sent for the instruments in that directory.
9507    
9508     8.24. Database instrument information changed
9509    
9510     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
9511     in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
9512    
9513     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9514    
9515     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9516    
9517    
9518    
9519     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 170]
9520    
9521     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9522    
9523    
9524     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:<instr-path>"
9525    
9526     where <instr-path> will be replaced by the absolute path name of the
9527     instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to
9528     send the respective command to actually get the updated directory
9529     info. Because these messages will be triggered by LSCP commands
9530     issued by other clients rather than real time events happening on the
9531     server, it is believed that an empty notification message is
9532     sufficient here.
9533    
9534     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME <old-instr-path> <new-name>"
9535    
9536     where <old-instr-path> is the old absolute path name of the
9537     instrument (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and
9538     <new-name> is the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into
9539     apostrophes.
9540    
9541     8.25. Database job status information changed
9542    
9543     Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
9544     instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:
9545    
9546     SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
9547    
9548     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9549    
9550     "NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:<job-id>"
9551    
9552     where <job-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job, which
9553     status is changed. The front-end will have to send the respective
9554     command to actually get the status info. Because these messages will
9555     be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than
9556     real time events happening on the server, it is believed that an
9557     empty notification message is sufficient here.
9558    
9559     8.26. Number of effect instances changed
9560    
9561     Client may want to be notified when the number of effect instances is
9562     changed by issuing the following command:
9563    
9564     SUBSCRIBE EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT
9565    
9566     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9567    
9568     "EFFECT_INSTANCE_COUNT:<instances>"
9569    
9570     where <instances> will be replaced by the new number of effect
9571     instances.
9572    
9573    
9574    
9575     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 171]
9576    
9577     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9578    
9579    
9580     8.27. Effect instance information changed
9581    
9582     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect
9583     instances on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9584    
9585     SUBSCRIBE EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO
9586    
9587     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9588    
9589     "EFFECT_INSTANCE_INFO:<instance-id>"
9590    
9591     where <instance-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9592     effect instance.
9593    
9594     8.28. Number of send effect chains changed
9595    
9596     Client may want to be notified when the number of send effect chains
9597     is changed by issuing the following command:
9598    
9599     SUBSCRIBE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT
9600    
9601     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9602    
9603     "NOTIFY:SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_COUNT:<device-id> <chains>"
9604    
9605     where <device-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio
9606     output device, in which the number of send effect chains is changed
9607     and <chains> will be replaced by the new number of send effect
9608     chains.
9609    
9610     8.29. Send effect chain information changed
9611    
9612     Client may want to be notified when changes were made to send effect
9613     chains on the back-end by issuing the following command:
9614    
9615     SUBSCRIBE SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO
9616    
9617     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9618    
9619     "SEND_EFFECT_CHAIN_INFO:<device-id> <chain-id> <instances>" -
9620     Notifies that the number of effect instances in a particular send
9621     effect chain is changed, where <device-id> will be replaced by the
9622     numerical ID of the audio output device the send effect chain
9623     belongs to, <chain-id> will be replaced by the numerical ID of the
9624     send effect chain in which the number of effect instances has
9625     changed and <instances> will be replaced by the new number of
9626     effect instances in the specified send effect chain.
9627    
9628    
9629    
9630    
9631     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 172]
9632    
9633     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9634    
9635    
9636     8.30. Miscellaneous and debugging events
9637    
9638     Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events
9639     occurring at the server by issuing the following command:
9640    
9641     SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
9642    
9643     Server will start sending the following notification messages:
9644    
9645     "NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:<string>"
9646    
9647     where <string> will be replaced by whatever data server wants to send
9648     to the client. Client MAY display this data to the user AS IS to
9649     facilitate debugging.
9650    
9651    
9652    
9653    
9654    
9655    
9656    
9657    
9658    
9659    
9660    
9661    
9662    
9663    
9664    
9665    
9666    
9667    
9668    
9669    
9670    
9671    
9672    
9673    
9674    
9675    
9676    
9677    
9678    
9679    
9680    
9681    
9682    
9683    
9684    
9685    
9686    
9687     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 173]
9688    
9689     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9690    
9691    
9692     9. Security Considerations
9693    
9694     As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
9695     defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
9696     connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
9697     system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.
9698    
9699    
9700    
9701    
9702    
9703    
9704    
9705    
9706    
9707    
9708    
9709    
9710    
9711    
9712    
9713    
9714    
9715    
9716    
9717    
9718    
9719    
9720    
9721    
9722    
9723    
9724    
9725    
9726    
9727    
9728    
9729    
9730    
9731    
9732    
9733    
9734    
9735    
9736    
9737    
9738    
9739    
9740    
9741    
9742    
9743     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 174]
9744    
9745     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9746    
9747    
9748     10. Acknowledgments
9749    
9750     This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
9751     following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
9752     list:
9753    
9754     Rui Nuno Capela
9755    
9756     Vladimir Senkov
9757    
9758     Mark Knecht
9759    
9760     Grigor Iliev
9761    
9762    
9763    
9764    
9765    
9766    
9767    
9768    
9769    
9770    
9771    
9772    
9773    
9774    
9775    
9776    
9777    
9778    
9779    
9780    
9781    
9782    
9783    
9784    
9785    
9786    
9787    
9788    
9789    
9790    
9791    
9792    
9793    
9794    
9795    
9796    
9797    
9798    
9799     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 175]
9800    
9801     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9802    
9803    
9804     11. References
9805    
9806     [RFC20] UCLA, "ASCII format for Network Interchange", RFC 20,
9807     1969.
9808    
9809     [RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
9810     Requirement Levels", RFC 2119, 1997.
9811    
9812     [RFC2234] Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax
9813     Specifications", RFC 2234, 1997.
9814    
9815     [RFC793] Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, "TRANSMISSION
9816     CONTROL PROTOCOL", RFC 793, 1981.
9817    
9818    
9819    
9820    
9821    
9822    
9823    
9824    
9825    
9826    
9827    
9828    
9829    
9830    
9831    
9832    
9833    
9834    
9835    
9836    
9837    
9838    
9839    
9840    
9841    
9842    
9843    
9844    
9845    
9846    
9847    
9848    
9849    
9850    
9851    
9852    
9853    
9854    
9855     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 176]
9856    
9857     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9858    
9859    
9860     Author's Address
9861    
9862     C. Schoenebeck
9863     LinuxSampler.org
9864     Crudebyte Engineering
9865     Hofgartenstr. 3
9866     74189 Weinsberg
9867     Germany
9868    
9869     Phone: +49 7134 911614
9870     Email: cuse@users.sf.net
9871    
9872    
9873    
9874    
9875    
9876    
9877    
9878    
9879    
9880    
9881    
9882    
9883    
9884    
9885    
9886    
9887    
9888    
9889    
9890    
9891    
9892    
9893    
9894    
9895    
9896    
9897    
9898    
9899    
9900    
9901    
9902    
9903    
9904    
9905    
9906    
9907    
9908    
9909    
9910    
9911     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 177]
9912    
9913     Internet-Draft LinuxSampler Control Protocol January 2014
9914    
9915    
9916     Full Copyright Statement
9917    
9918     Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2014).
9919    
9920     This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
9921     contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
9922     retain all their rights.
9923    
9924     This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
9925     "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
9926     OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST AND
9927     THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
9928     OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF
9929     THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
9930     WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
9931    
9932    
9933     Intellectual Property
9934    
9935     The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
9936     Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
9937     pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
9938     this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
9939     might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
9940     made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information
9941     on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
9942     found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
9943    
9944     Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
9945     assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
9946     attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
9947     such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
9948     specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
9949     http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
9950    
9951     The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
9952     copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
9953     rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
9954     this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at
9955     ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
9956    
9957    
9958    
9959    
9960    
9961    
9962    
9963    
9964    
9965    
9966    
9967     Schoenebeck Expires July 13, 2014 [Page 178]
9968    

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC